Tuesday, December 30, 2008

:::Legacies New Opening Scene:::

I little while ago, I wrote a new opening scene for the story, Legacies. Eventually I think I should re-write the whole story (keeping the characters, ideas, and some scenes intact), but for now, I hope you enjoy this new opening scene. If you want to read the rest of the story, just look for Legacies Parts 1 - 3 on this blog.

Cheers,
Daniel Emery


*****

"My uncle's really dead?"  

The lawyer nodded from across the large polished desk. Scott sank back into the deep leather arm chair and exhaled.

"Wow."

"I'm very sorry for your loss."

"Yeah, uh, I mean, thank you."

The lawyer gave him a sympathetic smile. "Were you close?"

"Not since I was a kid. He was always traveling...with his work, I guess. I was never really sure what he did."

"Ah, there I can enlighten you. Your uncle was in the import/export business - a trader of foreign goods - mostly from the orient, I understand."

"Hmm..." Scott's eyes lost their focus. "I remember, I found this tiny statue in his jacket pocket once. He said it was a Hindu god... Anyway, it's been a few years since I've even seen him. The last time was when I was in high school. He took me out for sushi."

The lawyer cleared his throat and looked away.

"How did he die?"

"He choked...on a piece of sushi...an octopus ball, I'm told..."

Scott couldn't think of a response to that, so he simply nodded.

"There are some details that we need to go over...when you're ready."

"I'm ready."

"Are you sure?"

"We weren't really that close. Frankly, he was always sort of the oddball in the family. I mean, I'm glad to hear that he was an importer or an exporter, or whatever, because for a while I thought he might be involved with something, you know, illegal."

The lawyer smiled. "Heh, heh. Well..." He opened a drawer and withdrew a large manila envelope. "Your uncle left very specific instructions. As soon as I received word of his death, I was to contact you and give you the following items." He opened the envelope and removed a ring of keys and a CD case.

"One: this set of keys is to your uncle's house. He has willed it to you along with everything that remains within it." The lawyer lifted the set of keys and held them out. Scott took them, and with a somewhat bewildered look on his face, dropped them into his pocket. The lawyer took his pen and made a small mark on a sheet of paper.  

"Two: this CD which contains a message for you from your uncle." He slid the CD across the desk and made another mark with his pen.  

"Three..." He reached down and hoisted a large metal briefcase onto his desk. "...this briefcase. The combination is the date that your parents first met."  

Scott reached forward and pulled the briefcase into his lap. It was heavy.  

There was a knock on the door, and a young woman stepped into the room.  

"Mr. Jordan, those nuns from St. John's are back. They say they need to see you right away."  

The lawyer sighed. "Okay, I'll be right there. Scott do you mind if I just step out for a minute?"  

"Of course not. Go ahead."  

"It's probably another lawsuit. I told them if they'd just go easy on the corporal punishment, but its like telling a fish not to swim." He grabbed a sheet of paper and slid it across the desk. "Scott, while I'm gone if you could just take a look at this document? It lists the three items we just discussed. Make sure it looks correct and sign at the bottom, okay?"  

The door closed behind him, and Scott found himself alone.  

"Well, I didn't expect any of this." He glanced down at the CD case, then looked around the room until he spotted an expensive looking stereo on the book case to the right of the desk. He walked over and popped in the CD. As it began to spin, Scott picked up the briefcase and set it on the desk.  

He glanced at the combination lock. His parents had met at a St. Patrick's day parade. He rolled the combination lock until it read 0317, as the CD began to play.  

"Scott, if you're hearing this then I'm already dead." The voice was deep and scratchy and definitely his uncles. "I want you to listen to this very carefully. Things are not as they seem."  

Scott pushed the button on the briefcase and the lid popped up.  

"You are in grave danger."  

Inside the briefcase was a small stack of cash, a notebook, and a collection of shinning metal weapons.  

"I'm serious," said his uncle's voice. "Grave. Danger."  

Scott's eyes widened and his jaw dropped. He reached down with a shacking hand and picked up a long knife in a sheath.  

"You need to go the house that I left you. My lawyer should have given you the keys. Go there, lock yourself inside and start reading that notebook. It has everything you need to know. For now, don't trust anyone."  

Holding the hilt in one hand and the sheath in the other, Scott slowly pulled them apart until he was staring in shock at a ten inch sharpened blade.  

"I mean it," continued his uncle. "Don't trust anyone. Your life and the lives of others depend on it. If anyone you don't know approaches you, chances are they've come to kill you."  

"Is this knife even legal?" Scott said out loud, unable to process all that was happening.  

The door to the office opened suddenly and the lawyer entered surrounded by three nuns all talking loudly and waving wooden rulers in the air. They froze when they saw Scott holding the knife in front of the open briefcase.  

Across the room, the CD continued to play.  

"I don't care if Mother Theresa herself comes up to you asking for a donation. You take that knife, and you stick it right in her heart, and then you chop off her head for good measure."  

Scott dropped the knife in the briefcase and leapt for the stereo.  

"Now, if you need to get rid of a body, all you need to do is..."  

He slammed the eject button, grabbed the still spinning CD, and turned back to face the others. The nuns were staring at him with looks of horror on their faces.  

"My uncle...he was such kidder...ha, ha..." He scooped up the briefcase. "I've gotta go."  

*****


posted by D @ 11:42 AM |

Tuesday, November 13, 2007

:::A Step:::

I got out of the habit of writing when our baby was about to be born earlier this year. Now we have a wonderful baby girl who is nearing six months of age. I have been trying for some time to start writing again, but this has been much harder than I would have imagined it. Part of this is just that neither my wife nor I has as much free time as we used to. But even when I had time, I found myself unable to get words on the page. I am sad to say that this has frequently left me cranky and irritable. However, today I wrote something again. It's not a whole story - just a short scene. It might be the beginning of something new or it might remain just a scene to tickle the imagination with questions about what comes next. Either way, it was the first time in a while that I really felt my imagination working like it used to.

So I wish to share this little espresso shot of fiction with anyone who wishes to read it. It's not much yet, but it felt good...


Rocketman and the Narrow Escape
A Scene By Daniel Emery

The stranger sat in front of the tea shop in the crowded open air market. His head was bowed low over his tea cup, and a grey hood was pulled down over his eyes. The owner had been put off at first by the guarded appearance of this foreigner but was reassured when he heard the perfect accent-less hindi with which the man spoke. Any foreigner who spoke as well as this man did was obviously not a street thug. Indeed the shopkeeper found the man's stillness as he drank his tea so full of peace that he actually slowed the rapid fire pace of his bartering down enough that his customers could negotiate a reasonable price. As for the customers, they saw a quiet, possibly sick man stoking the fire of his health over a hot cup of tea.

It was not until the woman approached that the shopkeeper had any idea that something was amiss. She was pale with black hair cut in the flapper style and dressed in what looked like a man's pinstriped business suit, except there was nothing male about the way this suit outlined her strong athletic build.

Her eyes locked onto the still form of the stranger. The shopkeeper was just turning to greet her, the first word of the first line of his rapid fire sales pitch for tourists forming on his lips, when the woman thrust a hand inside her jacket. The man at the table leapt to his feet, exploding up from seat with such force that the table overturned and his tea cup flew into the air. Before the shopkeeper knew it the man had taken two great lunging steps away. The woman's arm whipped out from her jacket with the strangest weapon the shopkeeper had ever seen. Its shape reminded him of the rockets he had seen on the covers of science fiction stories. There was even a short metallic antenna at its nose. But unlike those rockets which always seemed lighter than air, this weapon looked solid and heavy. It let out a high pitched whine as she aimed it towards the stranger.

The man was moving fast, so fast that the other customers barely had time to open their eyes wide in surprise before he was past them. When he reached the last table he leapt over it with the ease of a track and field champion clearing a hurdle. As he leapt, the whine from the woman's weapon increased in intensity, and a burning hole appeared in the side of the teapot beneath the leaping man's feet. Steam from vaporized tea burst out of the holes, momentarily obscuring their vision of the running man. An instant later, it cleared, and the woman drew a new bead on the stranger. A smile formed on the woman's lips. The man was racing toward a stone wall - a dead end. The high pitched whine of her weapon increased once more.

The man didn't slow. If anything he seemed to have only increased his speed as he headed towards a collision with the ancient foot thick wall. The shopkeeper thought he saw the air waver in a thin line between the woman's weapon and the man. Dust exploded from the wall, and then the impossible happened. Placing one foot upon the wall the man jumped upward. There was the sound of an explosion, and then the man shot straight up into the sky! The man's hood fell back from his face, but he was moving so fast that all the shopkeeper could see was a shock of sandy blond hair. And then he was gone.

The shopkeeper blinked, as beside him, the table where the stranger had set came to rest and the tea cup clattered to the ground. Shouting erupted amongst his customers. What had just happened? What had they witnessed? The shopkeeper turned to look at the woman, but she was already moving away. He shouted and ran after her, jostling his way through a crowd frightened by the sound of the explosion. She rounded a corner. The shopkeeper spun around it...and the woman was gone!

posted by D @ 1:10 PM |

Tuesday, March 20, 2007

:::Shifters:::

You can listen to the my new story Shifters at the links below:

Shifters Part 1

Shifters Part 2

Shifters Interlude 1

Shifters Part 3

Shifters Part 4

Shifters Part 5

Shifters is a science fiction thriller that could be described as a mix of Highlander and Earth the Final Conflict Season One.

If you like it, you can subscribe to my podcast at http://seeker.libsyn.com or by searching for "Brief Glimpses of Somewhere Else" in the podcast section of the iTunes music store.

Labels: , , , ,

posted by D @ 10:26 PM |

Wednesday, February 01, 2006

:::My Girl Friend's Dead - A One Act Comedy:::


Setting:
Killjoy’s, an art house coffee shop. Throughout the play, only the characters at the main table can be heard by the audience. Anywhere else in the café, characters mime their conversations.

Characters:
PAYDEN, a grungy twenty something.
ALEX, male, twenty something.
JULIA, Payden’s girlfriend.
DENISE, Alex’s girlfriend.
COURTNEY, Denise’s cousin
JOEY, male, twenty something, metrosexual.
MIKE, SARAH, MACEY, JEFF, other patrons at the coffee house.
LIZ, female, twenty something, funky with an attitude.


SCENE 1

(Inside Killjoy’s Coffee House. JEFF and MACEY are sitting at a table, drinking large cappuccinos. There are books, two bags, and a stack of DVDs on the table. SARAH enters with some books under her arm.)

SARAH: Hey guys.
MACEY: Hey. What’s up?
SARAH: Not much. I’m waiting for some friends. We’re going to hear a band play, though. You guys are welcome to come.
JEFF: We’ve rented a whole stack of movies. I think it’s going to be an all night marathon. Thanks, though.
SARAH: No problem. What movies did you get?
JEFF: Dawn of the Dead, Shaun of the Dead, Day of the Dead, Night of the Living Dead, and Return of the Living Dead.
SARAH: Wow. I bet I can guess who picked those.
MACEY: Yeah, he’s a little bit of a zombie fanatic. I think it’s cool though. Besides, last weekend, I made him go with me to see ice skating, so this is only fair.
SARAH: You’re braver than I am. Monster flicks always give me nightmares.
JEFF: I know how you feel. I’m the same way with ice skating. All those people in tights sliding around… (shivers)
SARAH: Well, you guys have fun. I’ll see you. (heads to a smaller open table)
MACEY: Bye. (to JEFF) Do you want to head out?
JEFF: Yeah, let’s go. (They start gathering their stuff to leave. PAYDEN enters and crosses to their table.)
PAYDEN: Hey guys.
MACEY: Hey Payden. How’s it going?
PAYDEN: Fine – you leaving?
JEFF: Yep.
PAYDEN: Good. I’m claiming your table. (He sets his bag and a coffee cup down and exits without another word.)
MACEY: Is he upset or something?
JEFF: Nah. Payden’s always like that. He’s not trying to be rude. He just doesn’t believe in being polite. Think of Han Solo in Star Wars and the Empire Strikes Back – except without the space ship, the wookie sidekick, and the rugged good looks.
MACEY: Rugged good looks?
JEFF: I’m just trying to help you relate.
(MACEY and JEFF exit)
SCENE 2

(Outside of Killjoy’s Coffee House. PAYDEN is waiting for JULIA.)
PAYDEN: Come on. Where is she?
(JULIA enters.)
PAYDEN: (relieved) Hey!
JULIA: (distant) Hey.
PAYDEN: I’m glad that you finally got here. I need to talk to you about something.
JULIA: Yeah. I need to talk to you about something, too.
PAYDEN: Let’s go grab a table inside.
JULIA: (not moving) I can’t stay. Listen, Payden –
PAYDEN: Suck! You’re not staying? Okay, well let me –
JULIA: Payden, I’ve got to –
PAYDEN: Remember that speeding ticket I got on the way to your parent’s house? You said that you’d pay for it because it was your fault, and it’s due on Monday –
JULIA: (Raising her voice to cut him off) Payden! (he stops speaking) I came here to break up with you.
PAYDEN: What?
JULIA: This isn’t working out.
PAYDEN: What do you mean?
JULIA: Come on. We’re supposed to be a couple, but we can barely stand to be around each other.
PAYDEN: I didn’t realize it required so much effort for you to be in my presence.
JULIA: Yeah, you did. We’ve had three arguments just in the past week.
PAYDEN: Those weren’t arguments. They were disagreements.
JULIA: Whatever. I’m not gonna get into an argument about whether or not we’ve been arguing. It’s clear that we’re not happy together.
PAYDEN: I disagree with that! It’s not clear that we’re not happy.
JULIA: Aaghh! I’m not getting drawn into this. I hate messy, angry breakups. Let’s just go our separate ways. Don’t try to call me. I’m going out of town for the weekend with my parents, and I’m turning my cell phone off. Goodbye Payden. (exits.)
PAYDEN: Hey! What about my speeding ticket? Shit.
SCENE 3

(Inside Killjoy’s. PAYDEN is seated at a table. Various other patrons are hanging out at the other tables. ALEX enters, looking upset.)
PAYDEN: Hey, man, I’m glad to see you. I need a favor. Does Denise’s mom still work at the court house?
ALEX: Yeah.
PAYDEN: Perfect. I’ve got this speeding ticket, but I don’t have the money to pay for it. Do you think she could get it dismissed?
ALEX: We broke up.
PAYDEN: What?
ALEX: Denise just broke up with me a few minutes ago.
PAYDEN: Fuck. That’s just great. Oh, sorry Alex.
ALEX: It’s okay.
PAYDEN: I was gonna ask you why you looked so down just as soon as we’d solved my ticket problem.
ALEX: I thought Julia was going to pay it for you.
PAYDEN: She broke up with me as soon as I mentioned it.
ALEX: You’re kidding. She broke up with you over a speeding ticket?
PAYDEN: Yep. She tried to say it was because we argued too much, but I told her she was wrong, and then we kind of got into an argument over it. This thing with Denise seals it, though.
ALEX: How do you figure?
PAYDEN: Denise, the only person I know with a contact in the court house, breaks up with you, my best friend, on the same night that Julia dumps me? It was obviously a coordinated attack.
ALEX: Can’t you take traffic school or something?
PAYDEN: I already have.
ALEX: I’d help, but I’m broke.
PAYDEN: (determined) I’ll think of something. So what did Denise say, anyway?
ALEX: She said that things didn’t seem to be working out.
PAYDEN: They always start with that line. It’s even mandatory in some states now.
ALEX: Be serious.
PAYDEN: I am serious. They passed a ballot measure in Vermont that requires women to begin a breakup with a variation of that sentence – otherwise the breakup isn’t recognized by the state.
ALEX: Do you want me to keep telling this story?
PAYDEN: I’m listening. Go on.
ALEX: She also said that she didn’t feel close to me.
PAYDEN: The two of you have been together for six months. How can she not feel close to you?
ALEX: I don’t know.
PAYDEN: You didn’t ask her?
ALEX: I didn’t want to bother her anymore.
(MIKE enters but does not immediately see them.)
PAYDEN: Bother her? After she had just broken up with you? Alex, you are too nice. The girl has broken up with you. Do you know what that means?
ALEX: It means I’m miserable.
PAYDEN: It means, you now owe her nothing. You can do or say whatever you want without having to worry about how it might affect her. Isn’t that liberating?
ALEX: What are you talking about?
PAYDEN: I’ll show you. Hey Mike!
(MIKE crosses to them.)
MIKE: Hey, what’s up, Payden. Alex.
ALEX: Hey, Mike.
MIKE: You guys hanging out without the girls tonight? Where are Julia and Denise?
PAYDEN: That’s why I called you over here. I wanted to tell you something before you heard it from somewhere else…Julia is dead.
MIKE: What?
PAYDEN: She’s not with us anymore, Mike. She passed away.
MIKE: Whoa. Dude, seriously?
PAYDEN: Yeah, man.
MIKE: Aw, I’m really sorry.
PAYDEN: Thanks Mike.
MIKE: (hesitant) Like, how did it happen?
PAYDEN: Car accident. I can’t give out all of the details yet. The police are still investigating.
MIKE: That sucks, man. (to Alex) Is Denise okay?
ALEX: (still in shock from Payden’s blatent lie) Uh, yeah. She’s fine. I mean, we uh, we broke up, though.
MIKE: Oh. Sorry dude. Hey, at least she’s still alive, though. Right?
ALEX: Yeah. There’s…there’s that.
PAYDEN: Listen Mike, we’re gonna have a memorial service here tomorrow night. I’d really appreciate it if you would come.
MIKE: Of course, man. I’ll be here.
PAYDEN: Thanks man. That means a lot. We’ll see you then.
MIKE: Peace.
(MIKE exits)
ALEX: I can’t believe you just did that.
PAYDEN: That’s what I’m talking about – the freedom to quit being so nice.
ALEX: I like being nice. Besides, I still care about Denise, and even if I didn’t I would never tell someone she was dead unless she really was.
PAYDEN: I’m not getting through to you at all. This isn’t going to be easy. You’re all screwed up. (JOEY enters.) We need the help of a master. Joey!
(JOEY approaches them.)
JOEY: Payden. (Gives Payden a hug.) Hi Alex.
ALEX: Hey.
PAYDEN: Joey, the boy here is in desperate need of relationship advice. I tried to help, but my skills were no match for his affliction. We need the help of a member of your tribe.
ALEX: (confused) Is your family tribal?
JOEY: He means gay people. You know, that is such a stereotype that just because I’m gay I’m supposed to be an expert on relationships. I only put up with it because by coincidence I happen to be gifted in such matters. So what happened?
ALEX: Denise broke up with me.
JOEY: Oh, I’m sorry. Are you okay?
ALEX: Not really.
JOEY: What did she say?
PAYDEN: (butting in) She said that she didn’t feel close to him.

(SARAH enters)
SARAH: Hey guys. Where are Julia and Denise?
PAYDEN: I have some bad news…Julia passed away.
SARAH: Oh my God! I’m so sorry.
(Payden nods, holding back fake tears)
SARAH: I can’t believe it.
ALEX: Me either.
SARAH: What happened? Was she in an accident or something?
PAYDEN: Yeah. I tried to tell her that she’d had too much to drink, but…she wouldn’t listen to me. I should have tried harder to stop her.
SARAH: Oh, Payden. Listen, you can’t blame yourself. Julia was really stubborn, you know? And sometimes she just wouldn’t listen to anyone else. But it’s not your fault.
PAYDEN: You’re right – I know, it’s just… What do I say to the parents of all of those kids?
SARAH: (shocked) Oh no. Oh my God. Did she hit someone with her car?
PAYDEN: The small bus…
SARAH: The special needs kids?
PAYDEN: They never saw it coming. Julia used to joke about running them over with her car. She’d say, “Retarded kids, ten points each!” I used to laugh, but it doesn’t seem funny anymore.
SARAH: God this is so terrible. It doesn’t seem real.
ALEX: You don’t know the half of it.
PAYDEN: There’s gonna be a memorial service here at Killjoy’s tomorrow night. Do you think you can make it?
SARAH: Of course. And if there’s anything I can do – if you need a shoulder to cry on…
PAYDEN: I’ll call you.
SARAH: Bye Payden. Bye guys.
ALEX: Bye.
JOEY: Payden, you’re floating…
ALEX: What?
JOEY: …in a sea of bullshit. Let me guess. Julia broke up with you as well?
PAYDEN: She left me high and dry with nothing but an unpaid speeding ticket. (gets up) I’m getting some more coffee.
(PAYDEN exits or walks to the coffee bar if it is on stage)

ALEX: I remember in high school, he used to be such a nice guy. I come back from college and he’s completely different. I wonder what really happened to him.
JOEY: You don’t know? I thought you two were best friends?
ALEX: Most of the time we talk about movies and comic books. All he ever told me was that he had a bad breakup with some girl named Patricia.
JOEY: It happened his freshman year in college. He was dating this girl named Patricia Jones – a real bitch. A couple of months into it, she decides she wants to break up with him. But instead of telling him, she brings another guy back to her place and lets Payden walk in on the two of them.
ALEX: What happened?
JOEY: Nothing. Payden walked in, turned on the light, and saw them naked on the couch. She looks up, sweat all over her face and says “Did you want something, Payden?”
ALEX: Jesus. What did he do?
JOEY: Nothing. The boy apologizes for walking in on them and then just turns around and walks out.
ALEX: Wow.
JOEY: I know. So the next day, he sees her and her friends on campus, and he smiles and waves like everything is fine. This was too much for Patricia and her friends. They took it as a direct challenge to their status as supreme evil bitches. So they got a little bet going to see how much shit he would take from them and still be nice. One by one, they started asking him out, using him for a night, and then humiliating him.
ALEX: How did you find this out?
JOEY: That’s where I met Payden – in college. I had crush on him when I first met him, so I asked around about him. Girls will usually tell someone like me a lot more than they would tell a straight guy like you.
(Payden comes back with fresh coffee)
PAYDEN: (to Alex) I thought of a story that you, my friend, need to hear. It was the end of my freshman year of college. (Alex and Joey exchange a quick look) This girl – Vanessa – took me back to her apartment for sex. Afterwards, I stepped outside for a cigarette, and she locked the door behind me. I wound up sitting on her doorstep for the rest of the night.
ALEX: Why didn’t you just leave?
PAYDEN: I was in my boxers and a t-shirt. My pants and shoes were still inside. But the point is, I was sitting on her doorstep, looking up at the sky, and I had what they call, “A Moment of Clarity.” My entire life, I had been going out of my way to be nice to people. It finally occurred to me to ask myself why. Why be nice? You see, up until then, I had presumed that people would be happier if they were nice to each other. But were the people around me any happier? My parents were in the middle of their divorce, yelling at each other like wrestlers from the WWF. All the girls I had been dating seemed to have some sort of deep seated cancer of the soul. Was I any happier? I was locked outside in my underwear. So I decided that night that I was through being nice. From that point on the world would get nothing but my complete, unedited, blatantly inappropriate self. And I’ve been an asshole ever since.
ALEX: Did you get your clothes back?
PAYDEN: She waited until I’d fallen asleep and then dropped them on me from an upstairs window.
ALEX: What happened to her?
PAYDEN: I spent a week finding road kill and hiding it right behind her back tires. She went mad with guilt thinking she’d killed half the pets in the neighborhood. Now she spends all of her free time volunteering at an animal shelter. And you know what? I think she’s happier for it.

(Enter Meagan)
MEAGAN: (angry but underneath that worried) Payden, what’s this crap you’ve been telling people about Julia?
PAYDEN: Look Meagan, I know we’ve had our differences in the past, but I feel like Julia wouldn’t want us to be fighting right now.
MEAGAN: Julia is not dead! I talked to her this morning on the phone when she was on her way out of town, and she told me she had broken up with you.
PAYDEN: Oh my God. What time did you talk to her?
MEAGAN: Around 10:30. Why?
PAYDEN: That’s right before… Oh no.
MEAGAN: What?... What?
PAYDEN: The witnesses said she was fiddling with a cell phone when she first lost control of the vehicle. She must have just gotten off the phone with you when… God, I’m sorry, Meagan. Look, it’s not your fault, okay? Remember that, no matter what the accident report says.
MEAGAN: Oh God! (exits in tears)
JOEY: You will burn in hell for that one, honey.
ALEX: I can’t believe you just did that.
PAYDEN: Nah! That girl is far too gullible. She’d never last in the wild. Better that she wizens up now before some conman takes her for all she’s worth. It’s like I was trying to tell you before. Being nice to people doesn’t help them. Hell, you were super nice to Denise and look where it got you.
ALEX: Yeah. I guess so. I wish she was here.
JOEY: Where is she?
ALEX: At her mom’s place. Her aunt and uncle and her cousin were coming for a visit.

SCENE 4
(DENISE and COURTNEY enter with a mini kitchen counter including sink on wheels. Whatever part of the stage they are on becomes Denise’s mom’s house. They wash dishes as they talk.)
COURTNEY: So what’s going on Denise? You seem depressed.
DENISE: I broke up with Alex this morning.
COURTNEY: Oh, I’m sorry. Are you alright?
DENISE: Yeah. I’m just still a little upset.
COURTNEY: What happened? Was he cheating on you?
DENISE: No. At least, I don’t think he was.
COURTNEY: Was he always forgetting about you and going out to strip clubs with his friends and then coming home drunk with the name Candy tattooed on his arm?
DENISE: No. He never did anything like that.
COURTNEY: Good. That didn’t happen to me either. So why’d you break up with him?
DENISE: It’s hard to explain. He was just…too nice. I guess.
COURTNEY: (sarcastic) Oh, yeah, I could see how that could get you down.
DENISE: It sounds stupid. I mean, I like Alex – it’s just… Have you ever gone out with a guy that refused to do the things you wanted to do? Like if you went to see a band play, it had to be the band he liked? He wouldn’t even consider going to listen to your music?
COURTNEY: Yeah, I hate that.
DENISE: Well, Alex was like the opposite of that. He would always insist that we went to see whatever I liked. At first it was fun, but it got, I don’t know – frustrating, I guess. Does that make sense?
COURTNEY: Sort of… But you also said you like him. Not “liked” in the past tense, but “like” in the present tense. Are you sure you don’t want to give him another chance?
DENISE: Well, maybe, but if I did, what would be different?

SCENE 5
(They exit. Lights up on café scene. JOEY and ALEX are at the table. PAYDEN is talking to the guy behind the counter. Through the course of the next dialogue between ALEX and JOEY, we can see but not hear PAYDEN first telling them about what happened, and then miming an over the top scenario for Julia’s death.)
JOEY: Are you still thinking about Denise?
ALEX: Yeah. What do you think? Do I need to be meaner?
JOEY: Listen, Alex. The truth is if you really want to make things work with Denise or anyone else you don’t have to be super nice or an asshole. You just need to be you.
ALEX: But I was being myself with Denise.
JOEY: Really? What’s your favorite movie?
ALEX: Heat – the Michael Mann film with Deniro, Pacino, and Val Kilmer.
JOEY: Have you and Denise watched it together?
ALEX: No. She doesn’t like crime dramas.
JOEY: Did you ask her to watch it with you?
ALEX: Well, no. I don’t want her to have to watch something she doesn’t like.
JOEY: But you like it, and she likes you. That means there’s a pretty good chance that if you show it to her and point out why you love it so much, she might actually enjoy it.
ALEX: But why make her do that if I’m willing to watch her movies instead?
JOEY: Alex, people don’t just get into relationships to do the same old thing they’ve always done or even to be the same person they’ve always been. How do I explain this in a way that you’ll understand? We have to redefine serious relationships from the ground up. Okay, how about this. Ever had a Thai Chicken Pizza?
ALEX: Yeah.
JOEY: How did they come up with that recipe?
ALEX: They mixed Thai food with pizza.
JOEY: Right. They took an Asian style of cooking and an Italian style of cooking and mixed them together to create something else – something new – something good. That’s what you should be doing in a relationship. Sort of…Except you wind up with a little bit of her and she winds up with a little bit of you. But if they two of you aren’t different afterwards, then you missed the whole point. You have to take her to see every movie, play her every album, and show her every book that’s important to you – especially the ones you don’t think she’ll like. Otherwise, you’re not her boyfriend – you’re her groupie.
ALEX: Jesus, Joey. You really are good.
JOEY: (pleased) I know. I’m like the gay Yoda.
(PAYDEN returns to table.)
PAYDEN: It’s all set for tomorrow night.
ALEX: What is?
PAYDEN: The memorial service.
JOEY: Payden, how long are you going to keep this going?
PAYDEN: To the bitter end.
(Blackout.)
SCENE 6

(Lights up on the café. It is now Sunday. PAYDEN and ALEX stand in the center of the café. The chairs have been moved to the side. Both of them are wearing suit jackets over their clothes. There is a large bowl marked donations on a table to the side. One by one the café patrons enter and place envelopes or money in the bowl.)
PAYDEN: We’re here today to remember our dear friend Julia. I want to begin by thanking all of you for coming on such short notice. I’m sorry that we couldn’t have a more formal memorial, but the family felt that the circumstances around Julia’s passing were too shameful for a church service. But we’re not here to judge. And anyway, I think that Julia would have liked this. You, her friends, were the ones she loved. And I would ask each of you to remember that love in the weeks ahead no matter what evidence of a so-called “hit list” may come to light.
(Removes some notes from his suit pocket) I would like to read to you some of the notes I have put together about Julia’s life. Julia celebrated her birthday on September 10, although the exact date of her birth is unknown. She was found outside of a ruined castle in Romania by Mr. and Mrs. Davenport on their summer vacation in 1980. The Davenports, being a generous couple and not willing to judge the child based on looks alone, took her home with them to America and raised her as their own.
(JULIA enters quietly from the side, unnoticed)
Julia’s childhood was a troubled one, and her first brush with incarceration came when –
JULIA: Payden! What’s going on?
MACEY: (Screams) Aagh! The living dead!
(Everyone begins to move in slow motion. PAYDEN grabs the donation bowl and shoves it at ALEX.)
PAYDEN: Run for it!
JULIA: Payden!
(Blackout)
SCENE 7

(lights up on PAYDEN and ALEX sitting alone at a table. PAYDEN is holding an ice pack to one side of his face.)
ALEX: Well, that was an interesting weekend.
PAYDEN: Yep.
ALEX: What did Julia say when she caught up to you outside?
PAYDEN: I don’t know.
ALEX: What do you mean?
PAYDEN: Well, everything went kind of dark for a second when she hit me. When I opened my eyes again, I was laying on the ground with her standing over me, and all I could hear was this ringing noise. So I just lay there for awhile watching her face contort into a rage and listening to the ringing – like distant church bells. (looks off into the distance) It was the best break up I’ve ever had.
ALEX: Well, here’s the money from the bowl. (hands a fat envelope to PAYDEN) You realize of course that people may want it back.
PAYDEN: Maybe I’ll go non-profit. That way, it’s a tax deduction for them. You still haven’t heard from Denise, huh?
ALEX: No. I hope she’ll talk to me. I still really care about her.
PAYDEN: (sees her coming on from offstage) You know, I think you may just be about to get your second chance.
(DENISE enters.)
DENISE: Hi, Alex.
ALEX: Hi. (a pause) It’s good to see you.
DENISE: I’ve been thinking that maybe we should give this another shot.
ALEX: That would be great.
DENISE: There are some things that need to be different, though.
ALEX: I know. Why don’t we talk about it tonight? We could rent a movie and go to my place. There’s this one that I really love by Michael Mann. It’s not your usual type of movie, but it’s –
DENISE: (cutting him off) That sounds great.
(They link arms.)
ALEX: See you later, Payden.
(Payden waves in response. The couple exits. Liz, a girl in a funky outfit with a spiked collar (or motorcycle boots or something that makes her look a little bit edgy) enters and watches him.)
LIZ: Hey.
PAYDEN: Hey.
(They exchange flirtatious looks.)
LIZ: Did you really stage a fake funeral for your ex-girlfriend?
PAYDEN: She owed me money. (lifts up his bag of ice) I got a receipt.
LIZ: I had this boyfriend once, who tried to break up with me in a crowded restaurant so that I wouldn’t make a scene.
PAYDEN: What did you do?
LIZ: I stood on top of the table and shouted out all of the things that I didn’t like about him. It was very satisfying. My name’s Liz.
PAYDEN: Payden.
LIZ: Do you want to get out of here and go get some Chinese food?
PAYDEN: I hate Chinese food. How about Indian food?
LIZ: I hate Indian food. How about Thai food?
PAYDEN: Deal. (PAYDEN stands up and the two of them start walking off stage.) So what kind of things did you shout about this guy?
LIZ: Well, for starters, I questioned his manhood.
PAYDEN: Good. That’s always a sore spot with us. It’s a solid opening move. Then what?
LIZ: Well after that, I...
(They exit. Blackout.)

posted by D @ 10:20 PM |

Monday, December 12, 2005

:::Legacies Part III:::

“Quick, take off your shirt!”

“What?”

Becky pointed to the mirror. “Look at us. You’re covered with sweat, your hair is a mess, and I look almost as bad. We’ve just been attacked by a ninja in a dark bathroom, and we look it.”

“You guys get attacked?” said Scott. He exhaled loudly, and his shoulders slumped.

Byron was still trying to catch his breath. “The cops are here – what are we gonna tell them?”

“I’ve got a plan…”

They heard the door to the main room opening. Scott ducked out into the hallway. “Officer Rodriguez, uh, hi…”

Becky grabbed Byron’s shirt and tugged, jerking it up over his head and arms. Without hesitating, she yanked her own shirt off, and tossed them both to the floor. Byron’s eyes widened and his eyebrows shot up.

An intricate, colorful tattoo wrapped from the center of her chest, around one shoulder, and across all of her back. The center piece of the ink work was a pulp art style, silver rocket standing on end and stretching from her lower back to just below her neck. Leaning with her back against it was a beautiful naked woman holding an oriental fan in one hand and a ray gun in the other. In the sky around the rocket, a green dragon wove in and out of clouds and in front of half-hidden, multi-ringed planets. The head of the dragon stared out at the world from just below her throat.

The shadows at the doorway began to shift and they could hear Officer Rodriguez just a few steps away. Becky pushed Byron against the wall with her body. Byron had an instant to register the determined grimace on her approaching face before she was kissing him, standing on tiptoes and pulling his arms around her waist. For a good five seconds, she writhed against him, making little moaning noises.
“What is going on here?”

Becky spun around as if surprised, covering her chest with her right arm. Officer Rodriguez stood just inside the doorway with one hand resting on the butt of his gun and looking like he wanted to frown at everything but wasn’t sure where to start. Next to him, his jaw halfway to the floor and his hands held open just in front of him was Scott.

“Oh shit – I’m so sorry,” said Becky. “I wasn’t cheating on you, Scott. It was just this awesome mockup of the ninja from the other night turned out so amazing, and you know how creature effects turn me on!”

Rodriguez turned to look at Scott.

“Uh…yeah, that’s one of the things that attracted me to you in the first place,” he said.

This time it was Rodriguez’s jaw that dropped.

“And, uh, and you know you don’t need my permission to do what you want with the body…your body.”

Officer Rodriguez looked at the ceiling and exhaled loudly.

There was the sound of someone else approaching, and then Officer Wayneford stepped into the room.

“The techs want to know – whoa! That fake ninja looks amazing!” He stepped past Rodriguez and Scott and went straight over to the stall, completely ignoring the shirtless couple. “Jeez, you guys did a great job. It’s the spitting image of the one we pulled out of here the other night.” He reached out a hand towards it.

“Don’t touch it,” said Byron. “They, uh, still need to spray it with some sort of clear sealant. If you touch it now, the oil from your fingers can make the chemical turn brown.”

“Oh,” said Wayneford, pulling his hand back. “Wow, you can even see a little blood trickling out of the wound.”

Becky opened her mouth to reply but nothing came to her.

“Yeah,” said Scott, jumping in. “That part was my idea. We’re using one of those pumps that come in those little waterfall-fountains you can get for your office.”

“Good idea,” said Wayneford. He leaned in even closer to the body. “You forgot something, though.”

“What’s that?” asked Byron.

“The ninja from last night had a throwing star in his right hand.”

Scott snapped his fingers and pointed at Wayneford. “He’s right. I forgot about that.”

“Officer Wayneford, you said the technicians wanted to know something?” said Rodriguez.

“They’re ready to move the body,” he said.

“Alright, let’s get over there.”

The two cops headed out of the bathroom and down the hall. As soon as Becky heard the door to the main room close behind them, she grabbed her shirt off the floor and pulled it on.

With quiet, slow movements, Byron pulled the cigarette pack from his back pocket, slid one out and set it between his lips unlit. Then from his front pocket, he drew out his black sunglasses, put them on, and leaned back against the wall.

“Well…” said Scott, exhaling as he said it.

“Yeah,” said Becky, emphasizing the word with a quick raising and lowering of her eyebrows. She wiped off her lips with the back of one hand. “You okay, Byron?”

He inhaled around the cigarette as if it was lit. “I’m cool.”

“You guys should join them out back,” said Scott. “They’ll want to get your statements since the two of you found her. I’ll stay inside and watch the bar.”

“What about your statement?” asked Byron. He lifted his sunglasses long enough to locate his shirt on the floor, grabbed it, and pulled it on.

“They can get it from me once one of you is free to switch with me.”

“What should we do with him?” asked Becky. “God that sounds like a line from a movie, doesn’t it?” She wiped sweat from her forehead.

“Can you lock the door?” asked Scott.

“There’s no lock on that door handle,” said Byron.

Scott turned to check. “Oh, right…” He looked around the room for a moment, his eyes finally settling on the stall. “I’ll go ask the crime scene guys if I can have some of that yellow police line tape for our, uh, recreation of the scene. We can hang that across the doorway.”

“Yeah, okay. I’ll make a sign that says ‘Out of Order,’” said Becky.

Scott and Becky started for the door.

“Becky,” said Byron.

“Yeah?” she said, turning back. She shoved her hands into her front pockets and shifted her weight from foot to foot.

“Nice tattoo,” he said.

Her shoulders relaxed and a little bit of tension left her. “You like it?”

“Hell, yeah.”

“I used to dream about space, but my mom’s the one who meets an alien and falls in love. Crazy, huh?”

“Maybe.” He leaned his head back. “But it’s some beautiful work, regardless.”

“Thanks.” She turned and headed out the door.


*****

“I heard you guys found a dead body in the bathroom.”

There were two of them at the bar – one guy and one girl with jet black hair, matching spiked collars, and dark eyeliner.

“Uh, yeah. That was last night,” said Scott, glancing up from where he was half-heartedly wiping at the bartop.

“Did he sneak in here to kill you, or something?”

“Nope.” He leaned over the bar and propped his chin up with his right hand. “None of the ninjas ever want to kill me.”

“What?”

“Nothing. Can I get you something?”

“Nah. I only drink absinthe,” said the guy.

Sure you do, thought Scott. “How about you Miss?”

The girl placed her index finger sideways between her teeth, bit down with exaggerated slowness, and shook her head from side to side.

“Can we see the place where you found it?” the guy asked.

“Uh, not right now. It’s out of order.”

“Come on, man. We won’t touch anything.”

“Sorry. If you come back tomorrow night, it might be open…” Scott glanced back down the bar, checking to see if anyone looked like they needed a refill. His eyes met those of the woman that had disappeared the night before. She seemed to be watching their conversation with unapologetic curiosity. When Scott turned back, the two Goth kids had wandered off.

He walked over to the woman, his eyes dropping for a second to take in her figure. “Can I get you something, Miss?” he asked, feeling a slight bit of guilt that she had probably seen him checking her out.

She placed her index finger sideways in her mouth, bit down on it, and shook her head in exactly the manner that the Goth girl had a moment earlier. Scott paused for a second, unsure of how to react. Was she trying to be funny? Was she messing with him for checking her out?

She saw the confusion on his face, took the finger out of her mouth, and said, “I mean no thank you.”

“Okay,” said Scott. He waited for a couple more seconds. She looked at him but said nothing. Finally, he forced a smile, turned, and walked over to pick up some empty glasses from further down.

Ten minutes later, Becky, Byron, and Officer Rodriguez came in from the back. Scott tossed the towel he had been wiping the bar with to Byron and stepped over to a spot near the door so that Officer Rodriguez could take down his statement. Scott faced Rodriguez who stood between him and the bar, so Scott had a good view of the woman who turned to openly stare at them.

“I’m sorry – what was the question?”

“When you looked into the dumpster, did you recognize the body?”

“No,” said Scott. He glanced at Rodriguez who was looking down at his clipboard and then back at the woman. She was still watching them.

“Is the name Natalya Smirkof familiar to you?” asked Rodriguez. As soon as he said the name, the woman twisted around on her barstool and faced away from them. Scott turned back to Rodriguez and found the policeman staring at him with wide open eyes and a serious expression.

“Never heard it before,” said Scott.

Officer Rodriguez gave him the serious business look for another two seconds and then went back to writing on his clipboard.

“Alright, thanks for your time,” he said.

Scott walked back around the bar and gave the other two a reassuring smile. “Did they figure anything else out at the dumpster?”

“They found a couple of passports in her bag,” said Becky in a quiet voice.

“Whose were they?”

“Don’t know. They didn’t let us close enough to see,” she said.

Officer Rodriguez finished writing and headed past them towards the back exit, oblivious to the patrons who watched him from booths and tables with a mix of curiosity of suspicion. As soon as he was out of sight, the woman at the bar stood up and headed for the door.

Scott leaned close to Becky and Byron. “There’s something going on with that lady. She was watching Rodriguez when he took my statement, and I think she recognized the name.”

“We should follow her,” said Becky.

“I don’t know,” said Byron. “It seems a little too obvious, doesn’t it? What if she’s just trying to lure us away so that more ninjas can attack us?”

Scott’s eyes unfocused for a second as he thought about the possibility. The corners of his mouth lifted a tiny bit.

“Let’s go!”


*****

The cool air cut right though the thin shirt Becky was wearing as she leaned around the corner of the brick building at the end of the block. Scott waited anxiously behind her, eager to look for himself but not wanting to invade her personal space. They had left Byron to watch the bar, and the two of them had followed the woman for a couple of blocks through Old Town.

“Anything?” asked Scott.

“She’s halfway down the block – still walking. How can she not be freezing in that dress?” Becky rubber at her arms.

She stepped back and let Scott have a look. A car drove past, and the two of them tensed, but it didn’t even slow down.

“You’re right,” he said. “A sleeveless, short dress like that… She should be cold. She’s two thirds of the way to the corner now.”

Becky rubbed at her arms one more time and then crossed them over her chest. “Well, I hope she gets to wherever she’s going soon.”

Scott gave her a sympathetic grin, and then turned back to watch the street. “Okay, she’s to the corner.”

They double-timed it around the corner and down the block. A cab crossed the street ahead of them heading in the direction the woman had gone. They exchanged a worried glance and broke into a jog for the last few yards. Scott got there first, and he leaned around the corner to scout the situation.

“Is it just me,” said Becky, “or is this lady leading us in a circle?” She looked around at the dark streets. “…or a big square…”

Scott straightened up, a determined look on his face. “I’m not waiting for her to reach the end of this block.”

“What?”

“If she’s trying to lure us into a trap, then nothing is going to happen until we show ourselves.” He moved quickly around the corner, keeping his hands out and ready at his sides while his eyes scanned the rooftops and storefronts for a hint of a trap.

Becky hung back for a second, unsure of what to do. Then she hurried forward, sprinting a few steps to catch up with Scott.

“All I can say is, this woman better be up to something,” said Becky.

Suddenly, they heard the sound of a car accelerating from behind them. Scott spun around. A white minivan crossed through the intersection behind them, moving in their direction.

“No headlights,” said Becky. She looked around for something to use as a weapon. There was a metal trash can a few feet ahead by the bus stop. She ran over to it. Behind her the engine noise got louder.

“Come on, you ninja Bastards!” yelled Scott.

Becky crouched down, got one hand under the trash can, and pushed off hard with her legs.

“Unghh!” she groaned as she lifted the weight up and pivoted towards the street.

The car raced past Scott who was standing in a classic martial arts pose, past Becky who was ready to shot-put the trash can, and down another half a block. Then it slammed on the breaks and slid to a stop a few feet ahead of the woman who was still calmly walking forward. A man got out of the car, raced around to the passenger’s side, and pulled open the sliding door. Then he ran to the woman and threw her over his shoulder in a fireman’s carry. He shuffled back to the car, dropped her in a seat, closed the door, and ran back around to his side. The car screeched its tires, accelerating away from the curb and leaving them staring after it.

“Well that’s not what I was expecting,” said Scott.

“Uh,” said Becky, “I think I need help putting this down.”


*****

“So Scott yells, ‘Come on, you ninja bastards!’” said Becky.

“Ha, ha, ha,” laughed Byron. The three of them sat on stools at the now closed bar.

“The van races past us – probably didn’t even notice us, and I’m stuck holding this frigging heavy metal trash can with no one to throw it at!”

“That story is gonna get funnier each time,” said Byron. “Aw, quit frowning, Amigo,” he said to Scott. “I got so confused in that bathroom earlier, I actually tried to bite the ninja on the neck.”

The corners of Scott’s mouth turned up.

“So this guy just grabbed the broad and ran, huh?” said Byron.

“The lady didn’t even seem upset,” said Scott. “She wasn’t struggling or yelling for help.”

“Hmm…” Byron took out his dark glasses, put them on, and leaned his head back like he was looking through the ceiling up at the night sky. “So where does this leave us?”

“Well, we’ve lost the girl, and we still don’t know how or even if she’s involved with the ninjas,” said Scott.

“Speaking of which, there’s still a body in the stall of the men’s bathroom,” said Becky.

Byron nodded. “Try not to think about it, and maybe it’ll go away.”

“We can guess that Natalya Smirkof was probably killed by a ninja – possibly the same one that attacked the two of you,” said Scott. “But what was she doing here?”

“She did have those passports on her,” said Becky. “Maybe she was here to meet a client. I don’t remember seeing her in the bar, though.”

“She never made it in,” said Byron.

“Maybe her client set her up,” said Scott. He leaned forward and rested his chin in his hands.

“If it was the client, then he or she would have taken the passports,” said Becky.

Byron pointed his index finger in her direction and nodded once in agreement. “So far we’ve got three bodies and only two explanations.”

Scott raised his eyebrows. “Who killed the first ninja?”

Becky turned to look at them. “You know what I don’t get? What’s the point of all this?”

“I’ve been asking myself that same question,” said Byron. “I mean, if a creator dreamed us up out of the matter of the cosmos, did someone do the same for it? And if there’s no creator, why does anything exist at all? Of course, it’s always possible that I am the universe, and you are all just figments of my imagination conjured into being to help me understand myself. But that still leaves me wondering why I exist.”

“Asshole,” said Becky with a grin. “I meant, what’s the point of these killings?”

Byron reached up and pulled his sunglasses down a half an inch. Then he turned to look at Scott. “What was it your uncle used to say about these types of situations?”

Scott’s eyes brightened. “He said that invariably there was money involved.”

Byron nodded. “We just have to find it.”

“Preferably, before the end of the month when I have to pay bills,” said Scott.

“And before we wind up like Natalya,” said Byron. They brooded over that for a minute.

“We should head back to the house,” said Scott.

THUNK, THUNK, THUNK…

There was a knock on the door. Byron pulled off his sunglasses, and the three of them exchanged glances.

“We’re closed,” yelled Becky.

“Please, I need your help,” said a man’s voice. “There’s not much time. They’re after me.”

Scott stood up and started fro the entrance. Byron looked at Becky with raised eyebrows. She nodded, grabbed an empty beer bottle by the neck, and joined him as he followed after Scott.

Scott glanced back at them and then opened the door. Standing outside was a tall man in a white dress shirt and khaki slacks with a lithe build and a substantial amount of grey in the hair at his temples. A half step behind him was the woman, still wearing the same dress.

Scott backed up and motioned for the two of them to enter. They came inside a few steps, the woman following right behind the man and even matching his facial expression – a determined tightening around the eyes with neither a smile nor a frown. Byron and Becky moved to flank them, relaxing only after Scott had closed and locked the door without incident. Becky reversed her hold on the beer bottle and stuck her other hand in her pocket, her eyes settling on the woman’s chest.

“Who are you?” asked Scott.

“I am the one responsible for the body that the two of you found in the bathroom yesterday.” He took in a breath like he was about to say more but paused, uncertain, before breathing out heavily.

“Why don’t we sit down and you can tell us about it,” said Byron. They pulled an extra chair up to one of the tables, and the five of them sat.

“My name is Dr. Spellstein. I was supposed to meet a someone here last night. I didn’t see her when I walked in, and I was nervous, so I sent Rosie to the bar,” he indicated the woman beside him, “while I waited in the restroom. I must have been followed, because a man dressed all in black with a sword – a ninja – came in through the bathroom window and attacked me. I killed him in self defense.”

Becky’s eyebrows went up. “He surprised you all alone in the bathroom, and he’s the one that’s dead?”

“I was more prepared for him than he realized,” said Spellstein. He held his right arm out for them to see. There was a slice in the sleeve just a few inches down from the wrist. Underneath the sleeve, they could see a series of thin metal rods running the length of his forearm. “I did my research. They used to call this ‘iron sleeves’.” He pulled back the edges of the sliced cloth so that they could see where something had made a deep scratch in the metal.

“If my contact didn’t show, I was supposed to return the next night, so tonight I sent in Rosie to watch for her while I kept moving in my van. Rosie never recognized my contact’s face, and when she saw the police, she left to report back to me.”

Scott folded his hands on the table in front of him. “The name of the woman you were going to meet with was Natalya Smirkof.”

“Yes,” said Spellstein. “Do you know how I can find her?”

Scott shifted in his seat, a sad look on his face. “She was murdered. We found her body behind the bar earlier tonight. That’s why the police were here.”

Spellstein’s shoulders slumped, and he rubbed one lined hand across his face. “Damn.”

“You were meeting with her to obtain passports,” said Scott.

He nodded. “She was going to get me out of here and off the grid.” His eyes settled on Rosie, and she looked back at him with a mirror of his frustration.

“What is she?” said Becky, suddenly. They turned to find her staring at Rosie.

The hint of a smile appeared on Spellstein’s face. “Yes, not who, but what…” He took in another big breath. “She’s a robot.” He stared into Becky’s eyes, daring her to laugh. She nodded as Byron had nodded at her the previous night.

“She’s a breakthrough, not only in mechanical design, but in software as well. She uses multiple neural networks that incorporate the behavior of those around her along with a large amount of predetermined imperatives to decide how she should move and act. She’s actually a series of networked computers all housed within this artificial body.”

He leaned towards Becky, with both arms folded on the tabletop in front of him. “Most of the time she can pass as human in public, which is a pretty big deal. What tipped you off?”

“Well, the programming isn’t perfect at understanding social situations. Also, her breasts look real, but her nipples didn’t respond to the cold outside, and in that dress, we should be able to see them.”

“You said that Natalya was going to get you off of the grid,” said Byron. “You’re not planning on taking Rosie with you.” He looked over at Scott. “She’s the money,” he said and then leaned back in his chair, folding his hands behind his head.

Spellstein thought about this for a second before nodding. “I made a deal with Ms. Smirkof. She would get Rosie, and I would get a new identity and passage to somewhere tropical without much infrastructure.”

“So that’s why you came back tonight,” said Becky. “The deal you had with Natalya must have been hard to set up. It was worth too much to walk away without being sure. But how do you know they aren’t watching this place?”

“I made a credit card purchase – two tickets to the ballet. They’ll be tracking it, and they’ll think I’m going there to meet another contact. By the time they figure it out, I plan on being gone.”

Scott frowned. “But what if they left someone behind to watch this place just in case?”

THUNK, THUNK.

Someone else was at the door. Byron stood up. He looked at Becky, pointed at the two strangers, and gestured towards the kitchen. Without waiting, he stepped closer to the door.

“We’re closed,” he yelled.

“I only need a moment of your time,” came the reply. “My name is Mr. Parks, and I’m here on a legal matter.”

“Well that’s a relief,” replied Byron.

There was a pause, and then, “What is?”

“I’m glad to hear that you haven’t come on an illegal matter.”

There was a chuckle from outside. “May I come in?”

“Don’t ask me, pal. I just work here. But hang on a second and I’ll get my boss.” He walked over near the bar. “Becky? There’s a man named Parks here to see you about something he claims is legal.”

“Let him in,” yelled Becky from the kitchen. She came walking out with some invoices and a pencil in her hands. Scott came out behind her with a broom and started sweeping.

Byron opened the door, and a middle-aged man in a stylish suit stepped inside. He was shorter than Byron by a couple of inches, and he smiled as he looked up at Byron through glasses with expensive gold-plated frames.

Becky set the papers down on a table as she walked towards them. “Can I help you?”

“I believe so. My name is Mr. Parks. I’m with Shultz, Westin, and Lake.” He stuck out his hand.

Becky gave it a firm shake. “Becky Walker. I’m with this bar.”

“Ha-ha. Ms. Walker, I’m working on a legal case right now involving someone I think may have been a customer recently.”

“You’re going to sue the bar?” Becky put a hand to her temple like she was getting a headache. “Look, I told that guy not to bring his chinchilla in here. ‘No pets!’ I told him. The fact that he got hurt is a direct result of his choice to break the rules. I am not responsible! I don’t care how expensive the surgery was!”

“Ms. Walker,” said Parks, holding his empty hands up like a shield. “I am not here because of a lawsuit.”

“You’re not?”

“Not at all. Tell me,” he added before she could say anything else, “do you consider yourself a forgetful person?”

“Forgetful? No.”

He nodded. “So your memory is pretty good, would you say?”

“Adequate,” replied Becky.

“Then if someone was in here recently – within the last few days – you would remember them, right?” He waited with his careful, non-threatening smile.

“Well the only way to find out is to give it a shot,” said Becky. “Who are you looking for?”

Mr. Parks reached into his suit and removed a photograph. He held it up in front of him close enough to Beck that she could see it was a picture of Spellstein. She looked at it for a count of four, and then glanced back at Mr. Parks. Above his patient smile, his eyes did not blink.

“I don’t recognize him. Byron, Scott – you guys remember serving this man a drink?”

The two of them walked over for a look.

“Nope. Haven’t seen him,” said Byron.

Scott shook his head.

“How odd,” said Parks, furrowing his brow.

“What’s that?” asked Becky.

“His van is parked outside on the street,” said Mr. Parks. He held up a hand. “I’m sure it’s nothing. Thank you so much for your time.” He placed the photo back in his pocket.

“You can have a look around if you’d like,” said Becky.

“No thank you,” he said, turning away. “If he was somewhere in your bar, I’m sure you would remember.” He started for the exit.

“Should we call the police if we see him?” asked Byron.

The man paused a step away from the door and looked back over his shoulder. “Only if you catch him committing a crime,” he said with a grin. “But if you should happen to see him,” he removed a gold card case from his pants pocket and opened it. “My number is on the card.” He tossed one onto the nearest table. The door thumped as it closed behind him.

Byron crossed to the door and bolted it. He turned back to face them, the smile gone from his face. “We’d better have a chat with our two new friends.”

“Did you see how fast he got out of here?” said Scott, his eyes bright and focused.

“He’d gotten what he was after,” said Becky. “He wasn’t even going to leave his card.”

“No point,” said Byron. “He’d already decided to kill us.”

“Come on,” said Becky. She turned and hurried into the kitchen with the two of them right behind her.

At one end of the room was a wall of shelves full of supplies for the bar. On the wall perpendicular to that one, a dozen square card board boxes were stacked in three columns that rose almost to the ceiling. Becky walked right up to the boxes, got a grip on the corner, and pulled. The boxes swung out from the wall together. Most of the cardboard had been cut away and the façade glued together, leaving a hollow space in which Spellstein and Rosie had been hidden.

“Nice,” said Byron.

“And inexpensive,” added Scott.

“Yeah, and I didn’t even get the satisfaction of seeing it work.” She shook her head. “What an asshole.”

“Thank you for helping me,” said Spellstein.

“Mr. Parks wasn’t convinced,” said Byron.

“Then we don’t have much time,” said Spellstein, stepping out from behind the boxes with Rosie in tow.

“Okay, Spellstein,” said Becky. “I’ve got one dead ninja on the toilet pretending to be a reproduction of the other dead ninja that’s in the morgue – right next to the dead Russian, ex-KGB woman. Now you’re telling us some ninjas that are still kicking are after you, your robot, and, by association, us. And that they’re boss is something worse than a ninja – a lawyer. Any chance you could give us – I don’t know – an explanation…before they get here?”

All eyes turned to Spellstein. He nodded, lines forming on his forehead and around his eyes. “At last we get to the part that I should have begun with.”

Byron took a step back and leaned against the wall. Scott did likewise nearer one of the two large sinks, while Becky stood with her feet planted and her arms crossed in front of her.

“I was involved in a research project with a neuroscientist. He had been studying what happens to musicians who had lost their hearing. You see, the part of the brain that processes music does not stop working just because you can’t hear anything. It keeps looking for input that matches patterns of music that you have already heard. Many people who have become deaf late in life suddenly begin to hear music that they used to listen to. The brain makes a pattern match to some other stimulus – usually a vibration, and it’s as if the person had plugged in headphones directly to their brain. They hear music!”

The frown lines had faded from his face, and he was almost smiling. Byron pointed at Spellstein with his index finger. “This is interesting, Dr., but we’re short on time.”

He nodded. “It’s a common problem for us, wanting to explain all of the technical details.” He cleared his throat. “The end result of our combined efforts was a device the size of a quarter that when worn against the scalp would allow you to remember and re-experience a perfect copy of any music that you had heard before.”

He held up hand. “Let me be clear. This was not a tiny hard drive. It did not store music for you. It simply enhanced and stimulated the parts of the brain that processed music. With it you can remember perfectly any music that you have heard once, and you can listen to it again whenever you want inside your head because one part of your brain tells another part that you are hearing it right now!”

“Sweet,” said Becky.

Byron rubbed at his forehead. “This seems a long way from ninjas, Doc.”

“Vested interests,” said Scott before Spellstein could reply.

“What?” said Byron.

“Historically, the people that organize to fight against technological advances have been vested interests. They’re the ones with money or power to lose,” said Scott.

“So who would lose big from this and be crazy enough to hire ninjas to try and stop it?” asked Becky.

Scott raised his eyebrows at her.

“You’re kidding me,” she said.

Byron shrugged. “I wouldn’t put it past them.”

Spellstein looked from one to the other. “Now you see. It’s not Mr. Parks. It’s who his firm represents...the Recording Industry Association of North America.”

Becky whistled. “The RIANA… But it’s not like people would stop buying albums or going to concerts. I mean lots of people would pay to hear a really clean, high audio quality copy of a song. And concerts are a still a social event. A lot of people go because they like the atmosphere and the personal nature of the experience.”

“But they could only charge you one time for a song,” said Scott. “Their current growth is built on charging you multiple times – once for the CD, once each for each brand of digital music player you want to listen to it on, once for the computer you have now, and once more for the computer you’re going to buy in a year or two… Yeah, they could still make money, but their business would shrink.”

Spellstein nodded. “In their minds, the opposite of growth is death. There is no room for anyone who thinks about shrinking.”

Byron turned his head to the side and pressed an ear to the wall. He closed his eyes, not moving except to raise an index finger. Everyone froze. After a few seconds, he opened his eyes and stepped away from the wall. “Time’s up.”

Becky stared at the ceiling. “Should we run or stay and fight?”

“There’s too many to fight,” said Byron. “Unless…” He turned to Spellstein. “Is Rosie a breakthrough ninja-slaying robot?”

Spellstein shook his head.

“There’s too many to fight,” repeated Byron, turning back.

“I can lead them away,” said Spellstein, a serious look on his face.

Byron, Scott, and Becky made eye contact.

“We appreciate the offer,” said Scott, “but I think we’ll pass.”

Spellstein looked touched.

“Besides, we’ve killed one of their own,” said Becky.

“And we’re witnesses,” added Byron.

“So how do we get out of here?” asked Spellstein.

“From the roof, they can cover the exits with a crossbow or maybe even those throwing stars,” said Byron. “Hell, for all I know, they could have sniper rifles. We’ll have to get past that before we can make a run for it.”

Scott took a step forward. “Ninjas are careful and patient. They’ll only attack if they’re confident that they have defined situation. They’d rather wait for a better opportunity than jump into the unknown. All we have to do is confuse them enough that we can get away from the building without being picked off by whoever is on the roof. Then we run.” Scott looked around the kitchen. “I’ve got an idea.”


*****

The door at the back of the bar burst open with a bang.

“Waaaaaaa…” A voice inside began to sing. It was joined by a second voice, and then three more voices tumbled into the sound all at once.

“Waaaaaaa…” They held the note, dropping out to take a breath and then jumping back in.

PANG, PANG, PANG, PANG

The sound of a big metal pot being used like a drum joined the singing, and then the five of them emerged, holding an old tablecloth like a flat roof above them and marching in quick time with the beat.

“Waaaaaaa…”

PANG, PANG, PANG, PANG

They were a strange, noisy square moving down the alley – their exact nature concealed from anyone who might be looking from above. When they were halfway to the end of the alley, one of the voices dropped out to sing a different note.

“Waaaaaaa…”

PANG, PANG, PANG, PANG

“Ai! Ai! Ai! Ayaaa!”

As if on cue, they broke into a trot. The street was quiet at this time of night except for them, but suddenly, they heard a car engine revving-up in the distance and the sound of squealing tires.

They ran for it, heading straight across the street towards the mouth of another alley. Headlights illuminated them as a big SUV came sliding around the corner. Wind caught the tablecloth and yanked it out of the hands of Byron and Spellstein in front. The others let go, and it billowed up into the air, then dropped to the pavement behind them. The SUV fishtailed, straightened out, and headed right for them.

Becky threw down the pot and spoon she had been banging together and ran for it. She was just behind Rosie who was still following Spellstein.

The SUV bounced as it hit the sidewalk with its front right wheel. Becky felt Scott shove her forward, and they both fell into the alley at the heels of the others as the vehicle careened past. Byron paused and started back toward them.

“Go!” shouted Becky, as she and Scott helped each other up. The others took off with Byron in the lead. Behind them, they could hear tires squealing again as the big vehicle turned around to line up with the alley.

Becky glanced back. “It’s too wide in here. It’s gonna mow us down before we reach the next street!”

The alley became brighter as the SUV completed its turn.

Suddenly Rosie stopped running. “Protection imperative…” she said, turning to face the SUV. Then she took off, running straight for it. Spellstein skidded to a halt and looked back, but Byron grabbed his arm and pulled him forward. Rosie raced past Becky and Scott just as the vehicle gunned its engines. She cleared the alley when the SUV was only seconds away from entering it. At the last moment, she threw herself under the driver’s side wheel. There was a loud thump, the right side of the vehicle bounced up, and it crashed into a corner of a brick building.

Becky stopped moving, staring in shock at the crash.

“Go!” shouted Scott, echoing her cry from earlier. They raced after Byron and Spellstein. The four of them made it out of the alley and across the next street before Scott yelled for them to stop. In the distance, they could hear a man’s voice shouting.

“Byron, about halfway down this alley it crosses another one that runs perpendicular.”

“Which way do we take?”

“None of them. You can climb over a wall into a parking garage. Follow the exit signs out, and then head for the house.” He tossed him a ring of keys. “I’ll meet you there.”

“What are you going to do?” asked Becky.

“Stall them – give you guys a chance to get clear…”

There was movement in the alley they had just left.

“Hurry! I’ll meet you there. Just go!”

Byron raised his index finger to his forehead and saluted Scott, then spun around and led the rest of them off at a run.

Scott turned and walked out into the middle of the street. He faced the alley, waiting.

There was a quiet little crack, and then something slammed into the left side of his chest, knocking him off his feet. He lay on the ground for a second, stunned. His right hand touched his chest. There was a rip in his shirt and beneath that the hard, smooth surface of the molded high-density plastic body armor that covered most of his torso. His left hand moved around until it found the black crossbow bolt that had hit him. He moved his head a little and felt the weight of the key to the trapdoor in the house. It was hanging off to the side, and he pulled it back around to the front.

It occurred to him that he might die tonight, and there would be no one to guard The Sacred.

“No one’s looking for it anyway,” he said to himself. “Besides, there’s the Walk of Death…”

There was movement on three sides of him. Lifting his head further, he could just see the black clad forms of three ninjas closing in on him slowly, swords up. He stood quickly. His right hand reached into a pocket and removed what looked like a sword hilt and guard with no blade. He pressed a button, and a metal baton telescoped out. The ninjas stopped when they were each about six feet from him.

Scott looked slowly to the left and the right. He knew they were about to attack him. A huge, beaming smile crept across his face.

The ninja directly in front of him dropped one hand from his sword hilt to reach into a fold of his costume. Scott readied himself, hoping he could knock a throwing star aside with his baton. Instead of a weapon, the ninja withdrew a black penlight and twisted it on. He pointed the tiny beam at Scott’s chest. There was a whispered conversation in Japanese. Then the ninjas each took two steps backward and lowered their swords.

“We can not kill you,” he said.

“Oh, come on!” said Scott.

“That key around your neck – you guard The Sacred.”

Scott felt tears forming behind his eyes. He tried to force them back down. “You’re not going to attack me?”

“It is forbidden.” He switched off the penlight and slid his sword back into its sheath.

“Hey! What are you waiting for?” shouted a voice. Mr. Parks walked out of the alley into the dim light of the street. “You’re under contract to terminate him and the others.”

“We can not kill him,” said the ninja. “He guards The Sacred. It is a law older than yours.”

Parks stopped a few feet away from the one with the penlight. He looked at each of them in turn for a moment. “Alright, I’ll do it.” He reached into his suit and pulled out a pistol with a silencer, taking aim at Scott’s chest.

Scott tensed. His body armor was much too thin to stop a bullet at this range. But then suddenly, the ninja was moving. He sprang towards Parks and grabbed the hand with the gun. He twisted Park’s wrist and the lawyer howled in pain, and then he twisted his whole arm in the opposite direction until Parks was pushing the gun under his own chin. The gun fired, sounding much louder than Scott thought it should with the silencer, and then Parks toppled to the ground.

Scott blinked, his mouth hanging open. The ninja turned back to him.

“The police will find a suicide note on his body. It will say that he was overcome with guilt for the murder of a Japanese tourist and a Russian American woman at your friend’s bar. We will remove the body of our brother from the bathroom and deal with it honorably. Keep The Sacred safe.”

Scott continued to stare.

“You should go now,” said the ninja.

Scott nodded, backed away a few steps, and then turned and ran into the alley.


*****

“So that’s it?” asked Byron.

“That’s it,” said Scott.

The three of them were seated at the bar in the late afternoon on the day after the death of Mr. Parks. There was no one else in the bar yet, and they each had a full pint glass in front of them.

“Why are you so surprised?” asked Becky. “He told us what happened once already last night.”

“Yeah, but I’ve slept since then. I figured that maybe I had dreamed that ending.”

“I can’t believe they didn’t attack me.” Scott slumped forward with his chin in his palm and stared sideways into his beer.

“Be honest, Scott,” said Becky. “Could you really have taken three ninjas at once?”

“That’s not the point!”

“Well I can’t believe we lost a chance to acquire a state of the art robot,” said Byron. “Do you know how much that thing must have been worth?”

“Yeah,” said Becky. “And she was a real looker too.”

“At least Spellstein is on his way out of town,” said Scott. “Maybe he’ll make it out of the country before that law firm sends someone else after him.”

Byron raised his pint glass. “To Spellstein.”

Scott raised his glass. “To Spellstein and to the cosmic rejects.”

Becky raised hers. “To Spellstein, to the cosmic rejects, and to lesbian alien lovers!”

They looked at her, and she shrugged. “I’m just trying to keep the hope alive.”

They drank.

“Maybe you could put some red food coloring in the beer…”

posted by D @ 6:38 PM |

Tuesday, October 25, 2005

:::Legacies Part II:::

“Hey Eva, take my picture with the ninja!”

Byron turned to look through the bathroom door and could just see Officer Wayneford posing for a shot next to the body. There was a flash from a camera bulb. It should have hurt his eyes, but of course it didn’t.

The body was wrapped from head to toe in classic ninja garb so that the only parts of him that were visible were the skin around his eyes, which had been painted black, and the fingers of his hands. One of these was clutching the hilt of the ninja sword that had skewered him through the center of his torso. The other hand hung limp at his side just above a throwing star that lay on the floor.

“Don’t step in any of the blood!” Officer Rodriguez called out to the two in the stall.

“It’s okay. He fell on the commode, so most of it dripped into there,” Wayneford shouted back.

“My one lucky break,” said the bartender.

Byron glanced over at her. Her arms were folded across her chest, and her mouth had lost its earlier smile.

“Okay, so all three of you,” said Officer Rodriguez glancing up from his clipboard at Byron, Scott and the bartender, “saw a man run screaming from the bathroom.”

“Everyone in the bar saw him,” said the bartender. “It wasn’t just us.”

“Then you two got up from the bar and walked into the men’s room. You opened the door to the handicap stall and that’s when you saw the body. You came back out and told her what you had seen,” he pointed at the bartender, “and then you called 911. Is all of that correct?”

“Yep,” said Byron, tilting his head from side to side to pop his neck.

“Yes sir,” said Scott.

“That’s right,” said the bartender.

Byron shifted his weight from one foot to the other, more than ready to be done with this. There was something about the rigid formality of this kind of thing that grated on him. It all seemed forced and insincere…formulaic.

“Say ‘Chopped Sushi!’” There was another flash from the bathroom.

Well, mostly, he thought. He reached up with his right hand and took the cigarette from behind his ear.

“Alright, I just need to get some personal information about each of you.”

Byron froze. The cop glanced up at him.

“Can I see your ID?”

“Uh…” Byron patted his empty back pockets. “Well…I…”

“He left his wallet in the gym bag back at the house. Here’s mine. I’m Scott Anderson, and this is my cousin Byron Stocker.”

The cop looked at Scott and then back at him.

Byron shrugged. “It got me out of paying for the drinks.”

The cop took the ID from Scott and started copying the information down.

“And what’s your address, Mr. Stocker?”

“It’s…” He glanced at Scott.

“…the same as mine, officer,” said Scott. “He just moved in yesterday.”

“Alright…” Rodriguez turned to the bartender. She handed him an ID.

“Rebecca Walker?”

“Becky.”

“This is an out of state license. Don’t you have a local address?”

“Yeah. Of course, uh, I just haven’t gotten a new license yet because I haven’t been driving.” She licked her lips and shoved her hands into her pockets.

“Okay, so what is it?” Officer Rodriguez asked, poised over his clipboard with his pen ready.

“It’s…”

Byron could see red spreading in her cheeks. Jesus, she doesn’t have one either, he thought.

“It’s the same as ours, Officer,” he said quickly.

“What?” asked Rodriguez, looking up.

“We all live together – at least for the moment.”

“Why didn’t you say that earlier?”

“Um…”

“Because Becky and I didn’t think that Byron knew,” said Scott. “The two of them used to be an item. We were going to break it to you gently after we’d had a few more beers, Byron, but I guess you found out already. Did my mom tell you?”

“It’s hard to keep a secret in this family,” said Byron.

Rodriguez looked at the two of them and then over at Becky, whose face had turned bright red. She reached over and looped an arm through Scott’s.

“You don’t mind Byron? Really?” she asked.

“Of course not. Scott’s a great guy.” He grinned.

Rodriguez blinked and then blew out a big breath of air. “Alright. We’ve got your statements. Please remain in the building until we’ve had a chance to get statements from the rest of the patrons.” He turned and walked through the door to the main room.

Becky dropped Scott’s arm and put a hand over her eyes. Scott rubbed the back of his neck and shoulders with both hands. Byron held the cigarette in front of his face, stared at it, and drew in a deep breath.

“Well, I guess-”

“Ahem…” Scott shifted his eyes toward the open bathroom door where Officer Wayneford and a couple of police technicians were still working on the crime scene.

Becky took her hand away from her eyes and looked up at them. “Look, you guys grab a seat in the bar. I’ll be over in a second with a couple of beers.”

“Sounds good,” said Scott.

Ten minutes later she walked up to their booth with a round of drinks. She glanced over at Rodriguez and then slid in next to Scott.

“Listen, guys, I really appreciate you covering for me like that,” she said.

Byron laughed. “It’s not like you were the only one.”

The corners of her mouth curled up a tiny bit. “I guess you want to know what my deal is.”

“Only if you feel like telling us,” said Byron.

She sighed and took a drink from her beer. “The bar belongs to my Mom. She’s run it for the last thirteen years basically by herself.”

“Did something happen to her?” asked Scott.

She looked into her drink for a long moment. “This is going to sound really strange…and I accept the possibility that I might just be going crazy, but…my mother may have run off – with an alien.”

“As in ‘outer space?’” Byron asked.

“As in ‘escaped from a government lab.’” She looked up at them, waiting.

“Keep going. We’re with you so far,” said Byron.

She frowned at them for half a second before continuing.

“Apparently it crashed here not long ago. The government held it for a while, running tests, interrogating it. At some point there was a big problem with the computer network, and they brought in some IT people to fix it. Somehow, one of them found out about what they were doing, hacked into the system, and helped it escape.

“It was on the run, trying to pass as human and not doing a great job of it when it ducked into the bar one night. My mom has always had a soft spot for strays. She took it in for a little while, hiding it in the back storage closet. She helped it learn some more English, and, well, I guess they sort of fell for each other. When the government got too close and it had to run, she decided to run with it.

“I got a letter in the mail explaining what had happened and asking me to look after the bar for her. I left everything and came out here.

“It’s been hard, trying to keep the bar going with no help and trying to not let anyone know that my mother’s gone. I had to put her stuff in storage and tell her landlady she was moving in with me, but I don’t really even have a place to stay except here. I’m not sure what I’ll tell the cops if they find out she’s missing.”

Byron lifted his beer up and peered at it. “I thought this place was a microbrewery.”

“It was originally. Now we buy from a consortium of microbrewers here in the city.” She chugged the last of her beer, set the glass down, and then leaned back with her arms folded across her chest. “So I’m crazy, right? Because I don’t think that my mom is, so that must mean that I am.”

“Well, if you’re crazy, then we’re all crazy.” Byron stuck his hand out. “Byron LeBlanc, former vampire.”

She shook his hand hesitantly.

“That’s Scott. He’s the last in a long line of protectors that guard an ancient and powerful secret.”

“Hi,” said Scott.

“Uh, hi.”

“Welcome to the club, Becky-whose-mother-ran-off-with-an-alien.”

“Are we a club now?” said Scott, smiling and swishing the last of his beer around in his glass.

“We are three of a kind. Cosmic rejects who, despite lives touched by the extraordinary, nevertheless manage to still be miserable.”

“Or we’re all crazy,” said Becky.

The door to the hallway opened and two police technicians emerged rolling a gurney with a body bag on top of it. A moment later, Officer Wayneford followed, a bloody ninja sword inside of a large plastic bag held carefully in front of him.

“I don’t think it’s us,” said Scott, watching them go by.

Byron stared at the sword blade. “So what do you guys think happened?”

Becky raised an eyebrow. “Yeah. What was a ninja doing in the bathroom of my mother’s bar?”

Scott shrugged. “They’re professional killers these days. My uncle fought some once – actually a couple of times. They had always been hired by a third party, though.”

“So someone hired this ninja to kill someone else that was at the bar tonight?”

“Maybe,” said Scott.

“And whoever he was supposed to kill must have killed him instead,” said Byron.

“With his own sword,” said Becky. “That sucks.”

“Alright, ladies and gentlemen, thank you for your patience,” said Officer Rodriguez. “We have all of the information that we need for tonight. You’re free to go. Have a nice night.”

Everyone started heading for the door at once. Suddenly Becky lifted herself up off the booth and stared at the moving crowd. “Hey! Where’s that hot Latin chick?”

They followed her gaze.

“She’s not here,” said Byron. “I don’t think I’ve seen her since right before we went into the bathroom.”

“She had to have left before the cops showed up, or she’d still be here,” said Scott.

“Hmm…” Byron wriggled his eyebrows. “First clue or red herring?” He picked up his black sunglasses and put them on.

“Can you see in here with those things on?” asked Becky.

“Yes,” said Byron.

Becky shot a glance at Scott then made an obscene gesture in Byron’s direction. “What am I doing right now?”

“No idea – can’t see you…”

Becky snorted.

“…can’t see anything in this room, for that matter.”

“What can you see then?” she asked.

“The past… My memories of it…” He lapsed into silence for a minute. Then he tilted his head to the side and said, “I can also see that it isn’t safe for you to stay here tonight.”

“He’s right Miss,” said Officer Rodriguez, walking up. “I’d maybe think about closing early tonight, and the three of you can head home together. Most people find they get a little stressed after there’s been a murder at their workplace. Anyhow, we’re all done here.” He nodded to them, turned, and headed for the door.

Becky propped her chin on her hands and blew out a long breath. “I hadn’t even thought about the rest of the night yet.”

“You guys can stay at my place,” said Scott. “There’s a guest room and a pullout sofa in the living room.” He yawned.

“Alright, but first we gotta close up here. You guys mind grabbing the stray glasses? I’ll close out the register. We’ll clean the rest up tomorrow.”


*****

“So that’s it, huh?”

“Yep. That’s it.”

“It doesn’t really look like a walk-of-death.”

“That’s part of the point.”

The three of them stood a few feet away from the bottom of the ladder in the basement of Scott’s house. The walls, floor, and ceiling of the passageway in front of them were covered with hundreds of colored tiles and cut glass squares in what appeared to be a completely random pattern.

“So what happens if you step on the wrong spot?” asked Becky.

“Death, I think. My uncle didn’t leave behind much detail on the subject – at least not in the papers I’ve found so far. But there is some sort of sprinkler system for washing away the mess.”

Byron rubbed at his tired eyes. They’d been up until the early morning talking and snacking on some trail mix that Scott had bought in bulk. Now they were up again, and it was only just noon – way too early to be moving around. “I need a cigarette,” he said to himself. “So you go through here everyday?”

“Yep – several times. I have a sacred duty to make sure that it’s safe.” He shrugged. “It always is. Why don’t you two go back up and head for the bar?”

“Yeah, okay,” said Becky. “I need to get things cleaned up from last night.”

“I’ll help,” said Byron.

“I can only pay you in beer.”

“Suits me.” He turned towards Scott. “Will we see you there later?”

“Yeah. After I’m through here, I’m gonna go to the park. There’s a lady who plays chess there in the afternoons. Back in my uncle’s early days she was with the KGB. I’ve met with her once before to set up a fake passport. I’m hoping she’ll be able to set something up for ‘Byron Stocker.’”

Byron stared into the distance for a second. “A fake identity… You know, that’s got a lot more appeal to it than a real one. No strings – if I don’t like it, I’ll toss it and get another one.” The corners of his mouth turned up.

“It might be better to just shove it in a drawer instead of tossing it. They’re a little expensive. I don’t even know how we’re going to pay for this one.”

They turned towards Becky with wide eyes and hopeful smiles.

“Don’t look at me. The bar is barely afloat. I have no idea how my mother did it.” She looked from one face to the other. “Nice try, though.”

“Well, there’s always the donation can,” said Byron. He turned and started up the ladder.


*****

The afternoon crowd was almost non-existent which gave them a chance to do a little cleaning at a pace that was slow enough for Byron to handle. By the time it got dark, things had picked up a little, so Becky started showing Byron how to handle things behind the bar. Some of the patrons from the previous night had returned with friends, and Byron noticed little knots of people heading for the bathrooms at the same time. As he walked past their tables he caught words like “police” and “murdered” and “ninja.”

Just before nine o’clock, Byron was bringing a couple of empty glasses back from a table where the patrons had just left, when Becky came over to him.

“Has Scott shown up?”

“Haven’t seen him.”

She frowned. “You think he’s alright?”

Byron grinned. “Sure. Nothing ever happens to Scott. That’s his problem, right? Besides, it’s not like he had an appointment with KGB lady. Maybe he had to wait for her show up.”

She nodded, and then cocked her head to one side, looking at him from an angle.

“How are you doing?”

“Not bad.” He looked at the glasses in his hands. “It’s been a long time since I’ve waited on anyone else. That’s something I liked about being a vamp. All I had to worry about was myself. No one was dependent on me for their happiness – you know what I mean? After that, the idea of taking someone’s order felt a little weird, but actually…it’s not that big of a deal. You do all of this by yourself every night?”

“So far. I keep hoping to be able to hire some part time help, but I haven’t had time to put out an ad or anything. I’m not sure who was helping my mother, but I think they left a week or two before she did. The key is to pace yourself. No matter how busy it gets, I can’t afford to hustle too much.”

She looked around the bar. “Why don’t you take a break? I can handle it by myself.”

He nodded and went to set the glasses down. At the opposite end of the bar from the bathrooms was an open doorway that led to a small kitchen, and from there, another door opened onto a tiny back parking lot.

Byron walked along the back edge of the building until he was far enough away from the light above the door to feel like he was standing fully in the dark. He breathed in deeply, feeling the coolness of the air and listening to the sound of his breath against a background of muted traffic noise.

The cigarettes were in the back pocket of his jeans. He dug for them with one hand and came up with the half-empty pack and his lighter. Gently he pulled one out, brought it to his lips and lit it.

There was a sound from somewhere nearby. He froze, listening. All was quiet. He took another drag on the cigarette. The shadows at the edge of the light to his left flickered for an instant. He looked in that direction but saw nothing. Slowly, he took the cigarette from his mouth.

This moment – the night – it felt…familiar, somehow.

The door from the bar opened with a bang, and Becky shuffled out with a couple of trash bags.

“Hey Lestat! Want to put down your cancer stick and give me a hand?”

The tension in the air melted away.

“That’s LeBlanc.” He took one more drag, then stubbed it out on the wall and walked over.

They each carried a bag over to the dumpster, and Byron lifted the top up.

“Oh, shit.”

“What?” She peered into the dumpster. “Oh, shit.”

The door opened again. They spun towards it, and saw Scott walking out. The lid slammed back down on the dumpster and they all jumped.

“Uh, hey guys. Sorry I’m back so late, but I couldn’t find… What?”

Byron motioned with his head towards the dumpster. Scott walked up and slowly leaned over for a look.

“Oh, shit… Byron, open the lid further – let a little more light in.”

Byron pushed the lid up until it was almost vertical. Scott leaned in and after a moment turned back towards them, his face pale.

“I think that’s…I think that was the lady I was looking for today.”

Becky let out a low whistle and ran a hand back through her hair. “Her torso’s been sliced open.”

“What happened at the park?” Byron asked.

“Nothing. I waited all afternoon, but she didn’t show. I played a few games of chess with the other regulars, and they all said that she’d been there two days ago but not yesterday or today.”

“We’d better call the police.” Becky shifted her weight and shoved her hands into her pockets. “…again…”

“Should one of us wait here until the police show up?” asked Scott.

They looked at each other and then at the dumpster.


*****

Byron and Scott filled drink orders for the couple of customers who were waiting while Becky called the cops. Scott had actually worked as a bartender for a short time a couple of years back, so the two of them managed to get everyone taken care of without too many problems.

Bits of Becky’s conversation drifted to them as they worked. “…yes, another one…no, this one is a woman…not a woman ninja – just an ordinary woman…yeah, okay…fifteen minutes…okay…thanks a lot…”

She walked over to them. “Did you guys hear that?”

“Mostly,” said Byron.

The door to the bar opened, and all three of them turned to look, half-expecting it to be the police already. Instead, they watched as the attractive woman from the previous night sauntered inside. She paused and surveyed the room. Frowning, she headed for the bar.

“She’s wearing the same dress,” said Becky. “I’m not complaining – I just felt I should mention that.”

“You’re right,” said Byron. “She looks exactly the same.”

She took a seat at the bar and Becky walked over to take her order.

“Hello again,” said Becky, smiling.

The woman’s expression did not change. “Vodka martini – shaken, not stirred.”

Becky laughed. “Ha! Nice one!”

The woman frowned again. “Excuse me. Vodka martini – shaken, not stirred.”

Becky’s mouth continued to smile, but her eyes widened. “Okay, coming up…”

While she was making the drink, she related their conversation to Byron and Scott in low tones.

“What did she order last night?” Scott asked.

“A gin and tonic, maybe? I don’t remember for sure.”

“Why not?”

“Because last night I was staring at her chest while I took her order. The actual drink I made is a little fuzzy compared to that.”

“Oh.”

Becky snuck a glance out of the corner of her eye. “She’s watching the door like she’s waiting for someone to show up.”

“Uh, excuse me…” A young guy with tattoo-covered arms was trying to get their attention. “The lights are out in the guy’s bathroom.”

“Thanks. We’ll get to it in a sec,” said Becky. “Want to lend me a hand, Byron? I think you’re tall enough to reach.”

“Sure.” He turned towards Scott. “Hold my calls, will ya?”

Becky grabbed a box of bulbs from the shelf in the kitchen and led the way into the short hallway.

“You know,” said Byron, “last night I walked in here with Scott and found a dead ninja. Tonight, I’m walking in here with you, and…” He sighed.

“What?”

“I’m just not sure you’ll be able to top that. I’m worried it’s going to be a let down.”

“Hah! I’ve got enough attention from the cops already. Don’t forget that my mother, a.k.a. the legal owner of this bar, is currently at large with an alien.” She pushed open the door, and they walked in.

The dim light from the hallway was more than enough for Byron to see the light fixture overhead. Standing on tiptoe, he reached up and began unscrewing the old light bulb while Becky propped the door open with a roll of toilet paper from a shelf by the sink.

“I’ve almost got this one out. Do you have the fresh bulbs?”

“Hold on a sec, I set them down on the shelf when I grabbed that roll of TP.” She walked over towards the sink.

Carefully, he twisted the bulb the last quarter turn, and it dropped into his palm. “Here we go.”

Slam!

Something knocked the TP into the hallway, and the door swung closed, cutting off the light. There was a whisper of movement to his right, and then from somewhere between him and the stalls, he heard the quiet sound of a metal blade being pulled from a sheath.

He froze, trying not to make a sound. He had his lighter in his pocket, but it might only make him a better target for whoever was in here with them. Instead, he stared into the blackness and willed his eyes to adjust to the light faster.

Suddenly, from over near Becky, there was a loud clatter like a desk drawer being turned upside down and emptied.

“Okay, who wants some?” said Becky.

Byron had spent a decade traveling only at night, and his eyesight, though no longer supernatural, was far better in the dark than either of his two new friends. Between one instant and the next, his eyes began to pick shapes and edges out of the black. He saw Becky, a shorter silhouette standing near the sink and swinging the short supply shelf back and forth in front of her. In between them, he could barely distinguish a shape – a person moving carefully toward Becky. The shape took another step towards her, and then raised a sword above its head.

Without thinking, he leaped across the distance onto their attacker’s back, grabbing for the sword hilt with one hand and wrapping the other around the person’s neck.

“Aahh!” he shouted, struggling to hold the sword where it was. Their attacker dropped one hand from the hilt and brought an elbow into Byron’s stomach. The blow knocked the wind from Byron, and he lost his grip on the sword. At the same time, Becky swung her improvised weapon right into its face. The shelf made contact with a loud crunch, and their attacker’s head snapped to one side. The sword dropped to the floor, but their attacker recovered, and snapped a lightning quick punch into Becky’s solar plexus. She reeled back a step, dropping the board, which hit the floor with a wooden smack.

Byron leapt forward once more, this time wrapping both of his arms around their attacker’s biceps. Instinct took over, and he bit deep into the side of its neck, grinding teeth that felt too flat, too dull, into cloth and flesh. Their attacker hissed in pain and surprise. Wriggling like a wild animal, it dropped downward, twisted a shoulder into Byron’s chest and pushed hard. Byron fell backward, trying to catch his balance, and slamming his back against the far wall of the bathroom.

Their attacker followed him across the space, and kicked him squarely in the stomach, knocking him against the wall a second time.

“Hey!” shouted Becky.

Their attacker spun around, and Becky shoved the sword into its midsection, putting all of her weight into it. Their attacker fell backward, through the yellow crime scene tape, and into the bathroom stall.

The door to the hallway swung open. Dim light poured into the room, illuminating Becky, Scott, and the dead ninja on the toilet.

“Hey guys – the police are finally here,” said Scott. Holding the door open with one hand, he started to step forward but froze in mid-stride. “Uh…oh shit…”

posted by D @ 10:49 PM |

Sunday, October 09, 2005

:::Legacies Part I:::

“Scott, I…well, I guess I’m dead…” There was a sound in the background of the recording like something liquid being pored into a glass. Scott turned up the volume on his car stereo.

“I’m sure you have a lot of questions. Like why did the uncle you hardly know leave you his house and everything in it? Or, why was your mother’s brother always so cold and antisocial?”

“I just thought you were a jerk,” Scott said to the empty car.

“As to the first question, I can’t tell you that here. You’ll find the answer in my library. Look inside the pages of the first book I ever gave to you, but make sure that you are alone when you do.”

Scott frowned at the stereo. What the hell did that mean?

“And as to the second question, I can only say that it wasn’t to be mean, but to keep you and your mother safe. It was hard for me to be that way – to pretend indifference. I swore that one day I would drop the mask and make it up to you. But if that doesn’t happen – if my death comes too soon – I would ask that you not judge me too harshly. Go to the house. Find what I have left for you.”

There was another pause while, from the sound of it, his uncle took a drink.

“I know this all sounds dramatic, Scott…and I guess that’s the one thing I really need to tell you right now. Life can be dramatic and important and dangerous in ways that most people only experience in their dreams.”



*****

One year later…

Scott walked quickly down the street with his groceries tucked under one arm, keeping the other arm free in case of trouble. He kept his eyes moving, watching the rooftops of the aging brick buildings of Old Town and checking the reflection of the street around him in windows as he passed.

As he was crossing the street, he turned his head for a second and thought he saw a woman looking his way. His pulse quickened. He walked another block north, and then turned right. As soon as he was out of sight, he ducked into a doorway and waited.

Seconds went by, and then a minute, and then two… No one came. No one was following him. Scott slumped down to a sitting position. In twelve months no one had ever been following him.

“This sucks,” he said aloud.

He stood up with his groceries and resumed his walk home, now and again making halfhearted attempts to look for pursuit but mostly just looking dejected.

When he reached the house, he bolted the heavy iron-bound oak door and took the groceries to the kitchen before heading to the library. There, he crouched down under the table in the center of the room and moved a small rug to the side. Underneath was a trapdoor with a keyhole set into it. Reaching down the front of his shirt, he removed a leather cord with a key hanging from it, and with this he opened the lock and pulled the trap door upward. Descending into the dark, stone-lined tunnel was a metal ladder.

Scott swung himself into the space, reached up, and pulled the trap door closed overhead. Then he felt against the stone under the ladder until he found a knob. He turned it, and a gentle white light flooded up the tunnel from the room below.

He didn’t really need the light for the climb. After all, he’d made this descent at least twice a day for the last year. That was the ritual – once in the morning and once in the evening and anytime that he returned to the house, he checked The Sacred to make sure that it remained undisturbed. Of course, it was always undisturbed.

He felt weary, bored, depressed. The effort it took to climb down just felt…pointless. When he was about halfway to the bottom he just stepped off and dropped the rest of the way.

He hit the ground hard, his knees buckling. His body reacted as it had been trained over the last year at the nearby martial arts studio, and he rolled, slapping his hands into the stone to absorb some of the impact of the fall.

“Unnngh…” Gingerly, he stood up. His legs hurt – especially the left one, and his forearms were turning red. “Brilliant, Scott, brilliant,” he said to himself, feeling more like an idiot than ever. Limping, he made his way carefully past booby traps and into the chamber where The Sacred rested…undisturbed.


*****

Scott was just pulling himself back up through the trap door when he heard something. He paused and listened. There it was again – a series of quick wooden thumps.

“Someone’s at the door!” In the entire year that Scott had lived there, no one had come to the door, not even the religious types. Clambering out from under the table, he hurried in a half limp half jog to the front hallway.

When he was a yard away from the door he stopped at an antique armoire. Inside were various weapons that his uncle had accumulated and that Scott now kept cleaned and ready.

Always be prepared for trouble. Any situation could be a trap. The words of his uncle echoed in his head as he removed a small crossbow from a shelf and loaded it.

On the left side of the doorway, there was a peephole that was hidden from the outside in a small glass mosaic design. Scott pressed his eye to the lens.

The man who stood outside was tall, thin, and deathly pale with black hair that stood up in short spikes. He was dressed in a black t-shirt and black pants, and he wore dark sunglasses in the late afternoon light. There was a cigarette in his right hand, and his left held an old paint can with a piece of paper taped to the front. As Scott watched, he took a long drag on the cigarette, dropped it to the ground, and lifted the can in front of him like an offering bowl.

Scott checked the crossbow once more. “Please let it be an ambush,” he whispered. Then he unbolted the heavy door, and pushed it open about four inches, the crossbow held just out of sight in his left hand.

“Hi. I’m collecting donations to help treat unnaturally low blood levels of fermented starch in people who suffer from a chronic case of regular cardiac pulsations.” The man smiled. “We could really use your help, even if you can only spare a few coins.”

“Sure,” Scott said. He waited, but nothing happened.

“Uh, great,” said the man, eyeing Scott expectantly.

“Yeah,” said Scott. He pushed the door open another eight inches, readying himself for the moment when they would spring their trap.

There was a long silence.

“So, I, uh, I’m taking donations right now, you see, in this can.” The man smiled again and lifted the can up a little higher.

“Huhhh… You’re not going to attack me, are you?” Scott said.

The man’s eyebrows shot up. “I wasn’t planning on it, no.”

Scott’s shoulders slumped, and his arms dropped loosely to his sides.

“You seem disappointed,” said the man. He eyed the crossbow now resting against Scott’s leg.

Scott followed his gaze and gave a sheepish grin. Turning, he walked back and sat the crossbow on top of the armoire. “Who did you say you were trying to help? People with low fermented starch and chronic cardiac…pulsations?”

“Uh, that would be sober people with a heart beat,” the man said, a smile appearing beneath his dark glasses.

“That’s an awful lot of people to help.”

“Well, I sort the list based on geographic proximity to the available funds.” He rattled the paint can. “It seemed the most efficient way.”

Scott rubbed his eyes, then folded his arms and let out another sigh.

The man looked into his paint can. “You know it looks like there might be enough of a funding reserve to help more than one needy individual. Now usually, I try to keep a little in the can in case the aforementioned needy individual should happen to encounter a member of the opposite gender in desperate need of companionship, but given that there appear to be two people with such depressingly low blood alcohol levels in such close proximity to the funds… You want to go get not-sober?”

Scott looked at him, and then he looked back in the direction of the library. “Fuck yeah. Let’s go.”



*****

“Ahh…dim lighting, a comfy booth, and a pint of something red… My name’s Byron, as it happens,” said the man, examining his raspberry wheat ale.

“I’m Scott.” He lifted his own drink to the light, watching the dark liquid rock back and forth with the motion of his hand.

Around them, an eclectic mix of punks, Goths, and college students crowded the pub’s tables and booths – some of them sitting with a book in one hand and a beer in the other. Weaving in between the words of their conversations and the sounds of clinking glasses, a soulful song by the band Artemis played through the house speakers.

Byron hoisted his glass. “Here’s to helping the needy.” He said it with his head turned as if he was directing the toast over Scott’s shoulder.

“Can you see in here with those sunglasses on?”

“Sometimes…” He sighed and took them off, blinking hazel eyes in the light. “Do you believe in vampires?” he asked suddenly.

“Yes.”

“You do? Really?” Byron leaned forward, his left eyebrow raised.

“I do,” he said and pointed his index finger at Byron’s chest. “And I know that you’re not one of them. For one thing, when you showed up at my place, the sun was still out.”

“I didn’t say that I’m a vampire. If I was, I couldn’t accept the donation money.”

“You suffer from a ‘chronic case of cardiac pulsations?’”

“Put the emphasis on the word ‘suffer.’ Having a pulse is not my idea of a fun time.”

“So you’re hoping to become a vampire?”

“Sort of…” He took a big swig from his beer. “Actually…I used to be one.”

Scott frowned. “Let’s just assume for the moment that the beer in my hand lends your story some sort of credence. How exactly could you have,” he made little quote marks in the air with his hands, “‘used to’ been a vampire?”

“I encountered a relic. It changed me back.”

“How? What was it? And what do you mean ‘encountered?’”

“Magic – alien technology – I have no idea. It looked like a ring – a black ring, maybe onyx, which was why I dug it. When I put it on, it pricked my finger, and I passed out. I say ‘encountered’ instead of ‘found’ because just before I passed out I got this weird feeling that it was alive, or at least really smart.” He frowned. “It was like hearing a lot of voices talking really fast – except it was all one voice.” He rubbed his forehead with his right hand.

“Where were you when you found this ring?” Scott asked, turning out a little to stretch his sore left leg.

“A museum. Actually, I was in their archives.”

“What were you doing there?”

“Just fooling around.” He looked away for a second. “So anyway, when I woke up, I was stuck like this.”

“You mean alive?”

“Yep. I nearly got busted, too. I set off at least three alarms, and I almost got smashed by this big steel door that came crashing down.” He took a big swig of his beer. “It sucked.”

“How long ago was this?”

“Six weeks…”

Someone dropped a glass near the bar, and the noise was greeted with whistles and cries of “nice one!” from the other patrons. Scott turned around to look and saw a woman in early thirties with short blond hair cleaning up the glass with one hand and hoisting her middle finger with the other. Scott turned back and noticed Byron checking her out.

“So what have you been doing since then?” Scott asked.

“Drinking, panhandling, trying to quit smoking…” Byron shook a cigarette out of a pack and stared at it. “I started when I was turned. I never thought that I’d have to worry about lung cancer, you know?” He rolled the cig back and forth between his thumb and forefinger. “I didn’t worry about any of it anymore. That’s what I loved about being a vampire. I could go wherever I wanted – do whatever I wanted. I didn’t have to worry about bills or the lawn or the goddamned nine to five. I was ‘supernatural.’” He shoved the cigarette back into the pack.

“Well, now that you’re, uh, natural again, are you going to go back to all of that stuff?”

“Impossible. Everyone thinks that I died ten years ago. I have no ID, no credit cards, and no permanent address. I don’t exist.”

Byron sighed and scratched at his stubble. “But what about you, Scott? I saw that crossbow, and you seemed pretty disappointed that I wasn’t at your door to kill you. Where did all of that come from?”

Scott’s glass was nearly empty. He set it down on the tabletop, straightened his back, and lifted his chin. “I guard an ancient and powerful secret.”

“Oh yeah?”

“Yeah.”

“What’s that like?”

He slumped forward with one elbow on the table and propped his chin on the palm of his hand. “It blows.”

“Really?” Byron finished the last of his beer in one gulp. “It sounds like it would be exciting.”

“It’s supposed to be! For centuries, evil men and women have been trying to discover this secret. Hundreds of people have died protecting it through the years.” Scott sat up and folded his arms over his chest. “I’ve been reading my Uncle’s journal – he was the last one to do this before me – and he got attacked twice in his first week on the job!”

“How often have you been attacked?”

“Including you?” Scott held up one finger. “When I first found out, it seemed like the most serious, important thing that had ever happened to me – or anyone I knew. It was danger, and ancient secrets, and an epic struggle, you know? I had a life, but I had to leave it all behind for this. I worked my ass off everyday, training and studying, just hoping to be able to survive. But it turns out, I could have just locked everything up and come back in a year.”

Scott tilted his glass and watched the last drop of beer slide along the bottom.

“Hah! So you don’t have a real job either!” Byron grinned.

“My uncle left me some money, but it’s just about gone. He said in his notes for me that when bad guys came looking for him, there was, without fail, money involved. All he had to do was find that money, and he was set until the next time they tracked him down. Of course he didn’t tell me what to do if no one came after me.”

They sat for a minute, just watching the crowd. Finally, Scott stood up.

“Come on – let’s go get another round. I’ll buy this time.”

They walked up and leaned against the bar.

“Ay Dios Mio…”

Scott turned to see what had caused Byron to suddenly become religious. At the opposite end of the bar, a woman with dark Hispanic features, near-perfect curves, and a dress that hugged her body like a second skin was sipping from a martini glass. Her eyes flashed over them for a second, and then she went back to staring into her drink.

“Damn she’s hot,” said a female voice. Scott turned and saw the woman with short blond hair that had been cleaning up the broken glass earlier. She was standing behind the bar, smiling faintly and shaking her head from side to side as she stared at the woman. “She’s been ignoring everyone in here for the last half an hour.”

“Doesn’t she seem a little over dressed for this venue?” Scott asked.

Byron wiggled his eyebrows. “You’ll get no complaints from me.”

“Me either,” said the bartender. She turned back to face them. “What can I get you fellows?”

“I’ll take another IPA.” Scott watched as she filled a fresh glass from a tap. He could just make out a black tattoo that ringed her left bicep right where her sleeve ended.

“Do you have any red beers on tap?” Byron asked.

“Have you tried the raspberry wheat?”

“Yeah. I was kind of hoping for something that looked a little more…red.”

“What do you want me to do – bleed in a glass for you?”

“He’ll have another raspberry wheat,” said Scott.

She poured it and set it in front of Byron. “I always fall for the exotic looking ones, but it never works out.” She leaned on the bar and turned to stare again.

Suddenly, a door a few feet past the end of the bar burst open.

“Aaaghh!” A man ran screaming into the room, raced between the tables, and stumbled out through the door that led to the street.

“What the hell was that?” said the bartender.

“Where does that door lead?” asked Scott.

“The bathroom,” Byron answered.

The two of them stood up at the same time. Scott’s face was serious, his eyes focused, his mouth set in a thin line. Byron took a big swig of his beer, grinned, and set the glass down. They started walking towards the door. None of the other patrons got up, but Scott could hear bits of their conversations as he walked towards the door.

“You see what was up with that guy?”

“He was completely fried. Like that time in Seattle…”

“What are those guys doing?”

“Maybe they haven’t cleaned the bathrooms in a while. I get right pissed when they don’t clean those things.”

Scott opened the door, and they walked through into a short hallway with doors leading to each of the bathrooms. Walking to the end, he pushed open the door to the men’s room, and the two of them stepped inside.

“Hey, maybe we’re gonna be in a horror film,” said Byron from behind him. “They could call it ‘The Stall of Death,’ or maybe just ‘Don’t Go in There.’ Get it? Don’t go as in I’ve got to go…”

Scott turned and lifted an eyebrow.

“Okay, well how about ‘The Bowl of Terror’ or something kind of creepy, like ‘The Reaper Flushes Twice?’”

“Wow, Byron. Those all sound really…bad.” Scott grinned, but when he turned back to the stall doors, he frowned. Kneeling, he checked under the walls. In the far stall, he could see two black-clad legs.

“Hi, um, excuse me, sir? Can you hear me?”

They walked forward, but the door was only partially shut. Byron gave it a push with his boot, and it swung open.

Scott’s eyes widened, and Byron let out a low whistle. They both took a step back.

“Wow,” said Byron.

“Yeah,” said Scott.

They stood a moment longer with their mouths hanging open.

Scott rubbed his eyes. “Have you ever…”

“Seen a dead ninja before? Only in the movies, Scott… Only in the movies…”

posted by D @ 9:43 PM |

Sunday, September 11, 2005

:::[About The Spirit's Dream (Version 2)]:::

I posted the original version of this story on May 1, 2005. This new version has a couple of extra scenes that weren't in the first draft. I hope you like it!

-D

posted by D @ 5:04 PM |

:::The Spirit's Dream (Version 2):::

Now…

From the crow's vantage point the traffic hardly seemed to move at all. It circled and then sat on the bridge cables, watching for the one who would come. From the other end of the bay, where the road emerged from the trees to span out across the water, movement caught the crow's eye. It left the cables and swept down over the cars, heading for a closer look. It narrowed the distance quickly, the roofs of idling vehicles gliding past underneath it. There, between the cars, a man was coming up fast on a motorcycle. For an instant the man and the crow were on a straight line course for each other. Their eyes met, and then the crow made a tiny alteration in its course, so that it shot past the left shoulder of the man - He Who Would Come. The crow wheeled about, flapping its wings hard for more altitude and headed into the city to tell its employer. It was not an evil crow, but its services could be bought. And in this world, crows were given much more credit for their intelligence than they ever received in that other world - the world the motorcycle rider could not help but think of as the real one, no matter how hard he tried.

The motorcycle left the bridge and sped into the growing shadows of downtown. The rider slowed the bike a little, watching the side streets and alleys - especially the alleys. They were the places that few knew well, and so they changed the most. A shiver passed through Billy Wu, but he pressed on.

*****

Before…

“You had your annual review last week.” Billy’s aunt had a habit of taking what should have been a question and turning it into an imperative. In his mind, he could see her carefully plucked eyebrows rising, her lips tightening, as she sat at her retail stand in the mall, cell phone pressed to her ear.

“Yes. I had it on Thursday,” he said into his own cell phone.

“Well?”

“Uh, it went okay, I think.”

There was a sound from the other end of the phone – a brief but forceful exhalation of breath like steam escaping from a valve.

“Did you get a promotion?”

“I don’t know yet, Aunt.”

“Hmmph… Did you hear about Mr. Lee’s son?”

Now it was Billy’s turn to sigh.

“What was that?” she asked.

“Nothing, Aunt. What about him?”

“He’s going to take over as head of the radiology department.”

“That’s great.” He rolled his eyes.

“Yes, he makes his family proud.” By family, he knew she meant not only his living relatives, but the spirits of his ancestors as well.

After a pause, she said, “I don’t understand why they don’t give you a promotion.”

“It’s just not that simple,” he said.

“What’s not simple? You’re smart. You work hard. Do they have something against Asian people?”

“No Aunt, but there are lots of other good people working there as well.”

“Hmmph…”

But it was simple – terribly simple, and he knew it. It had nothing to do with being smart and everything to do with being happy, or rather, not being happy. What his aunt didn’t seem to understand – or any of his family for that matter – was that he would never be able to distinguish himself as long as he was unhappy with his work.

It wasn’t that Billy didn’t want to do well. He came to work everyday with the need to accomplish something useful. It was just that as soon as he sat down at his computer and began to think about the work he needed to get done, he felt a deep, dark malaise forming within him, like tar stuck to his soul. After that, it was all he could do to force himself to focus on his job long enough to get the minimum amount of work done.

The first time it happened, he thought he was just having a bad day. He took the afternoon off and came back the next morning feeling reinvigorated. But then it happened again. Billy was confused. He had never had a problem like this in school. In fact, he had been almost at the top of his class.

Then one day, the answer came to him. Janet, one of the other electrical engineers that worked there was telling him about her current project. There was excitement in her voice as she described the design work and the monetary value of the project.

“I tell you, Billy, it’s going to be really cool. I just wish we didn’t have so many of these stupid meetings to go to.” It was a familiar complaint for the engineers in the office. If only the meetings would go away so they could really get some work done.

“Yeah, I know what you mean,” replied Billy automatically, but suddenly, he realized that he didn’t.

“Hey, Janet?”

“Yeah?”

“Do you really hate meetings so much? I mean, off the record.”

“Are you kidding? I feel so frustrated when I have to stop what I’m working on just to go sit and listen to somebody talk for an hour. Don’t you?”

“Yeah, I guess,” he said. “But don’t you ever feel, you know, relief?”

“Relief?”

“Yeah – that you can stop thinking about work for a second.”

She frowned. “Well, sometimes on Fridays when I know the weekend is almost here.”

“Oh yeah, like on Fridays…” He forced a smile and tried not to think about it any more.

That night he dreamed. He was standing at the edge of a dock. It was nighttime, but the moon was bright enough for him to see by. He reached down and fastened something around his ankle. Then he took a step forward and fell into the water.

The swiftness with which he sank, pulled downward by the weight chained to his ankle, was like the steepest drop on the tallest water slide he had ever been on. Panic gripped him from the inside of his gut. He reached upward with his right hand, grasping for the surface and the edge of the dock, but it was too late. The light of the moon grew dimmer and dimmer as he slipped further away, endlessly falling into the deep.

Then, there was something else. He wasn’t sure if he heard it or felt it. It was like a vibration or an electric pulse moving through him at a high frequency. Then, in an instant, it went from strange to familiar like the feeling he got when he finally saw one of those hidden three dimensional pictures. He knew what it was. It…

And then suddenly he was on the street near where he worked. He was still dreaming, or at least he thought he was, except now he felt tremendously clear headed – much more than he had in his dream of leaping off the dock. The other odd thing was that nothing was happening. He was just standing there, looking around at buildings he saw everyday – even feeling a cool breeze on his face. Normally things happened in his dreams. There was no idle standing about. He waited, but still nothing happened. Finally he started walking.

At the end of the block, a bag lady crossed the street in front of him. Her hair was a curly grey mass like a hedge that had grown wild, and her clothes were a layering of faded colors. She was pushing a shopping cart that had been painted purple and was full of what looked like golden treasure. He had a fleeting view of gold coins, goblets, and even crowns, but when he looked again, there was only trash. The bag lady gave a mad shriek and leaned down to stare at the trash in concentration. A second later the cart was full of gold again. Then she turned to face him, an angry look carved into the worn lines of her face.

"It's not polite to change other people's things!"

"What? I...I didn't mean anything. I mean, I wasn't trying to change your things...uh..." he trailed off. Her mouth relaxed its frown a little and her eyes narrowed.

"You're new here, huh?" she asked.

"Yes, ma'am."

"Hmm...Call me Yvonne."

"Nice to meet you. My name's Billy Wu."

"Chinese?" she asked, raising her left eyebrow and tugging at her right one with slender fingers.

"Taiwanese," he said. "My parents moved here when I was seven." Her right hand stopped its tugging.

"Do you know where ‘here' is, Billy Wu?" she asked.

"Well, I'm pretty sure this is just a dream, Miss Yvonne," he said.

"Ms. Yvonne," she corrected him. "And you obviously know very little. Don't worry. You're new - it's not your fault. I will explain it to you." She pressed her hands together in front of her face and closed her eyes. A long moment of silence stretched out, and then she opened her eyes and began to talk, peering at him over the top of her hands. As she spoke, her words became clearer and took on a different tone, as if in order to remember the words, she had to say them the exact way that she had heard them.

"It's all a dream, Billy Wu, and I mean literally. But it's not just your dream here, it's everyone's. This is the way it was explained to me by Martin. He did his thesis on lucid dreaming, and he's been coming here for a number of years now." She paused for a second, her eyes unfocused and staring at her cart.

”When the brain is no longer receiving sensory information from the usual sources like your eyes and ears, it begins to look for that same information elsewhere. If it finds that sensory information coming from some other part of the body, it will re-map itself to the new signal. Right now there are scientific experiments in which the blind are learning to see with man-made optical sensors that send information just like the optic nerve would but to an undamaged part of the body. With time, their brains pick up on the new signal and begin interpreting it just as if it was coming from their eyes.”

She paused and looked at him. "Now, do you know what electromagnetic radiation is?"

"Yes ma'am."

“Good," she said. "Then you know that a radio signal is just an electromagnetic wave. The music you hear on your stereo is information added on top of one of these waves. You see, there’s electromagnetic radiation pulsing all around us all the time. When you dream, there's a part of your brain that's feeling this energy. Whatever impressions you've accumulated about the world around you imprint themselves onto this energy the way a radio broadcast gets added to a carrier wave, except it’s not just sound but information from all of your senses. And all of the impressions left by every person who dreams give shape to places like this - places that some of us can find our way to."

"How?" Billy asked.

"It takes a bit of talent. For most people, the information carried in the energy that runs between us has only a weak influence on their dreams. Only an occasional image or idea will creep in. But people like us can read the underlying shape left by the memories and conceived notions of everyone that is asleep, and our minds use that information to build this dream around us. We share the same...frequency, for lack of a better word. That is why you and I can see each other."

"So you're saying that you're asleep somewhere right now, just like me?"

"Good boy, you've been listening," she replied. Then, with no warning, she began to push the cart down the street once more. He watched her take a few steps, then she stopped and turned back to face him.

"Make a choice Billy Wu. Are you coming or not?" The words were rough, but her expression was open and calm. He looked around for a second at the empty street, then jogged a few steps to catch up with her.

They walked through the city, turning down streets at random, and she talked about things she had seen and people she had spoken with while in the dream. There were the High Rollers who lived for the wild, lascivious bashes that took place every night. There were the Sundays, who got their nickname for spending every dream barbequing in a park or picnicking at the beach. There were the Cordless Bungee Jumpers (CBJs for short), adrenalin junkies that no longer needed safety gear. There were the Philosophers, like Martin, who gathered to discuss the nature of dreams and reality. Then there were the Spirit Guides.

"They think that the dream is a gateway between our world and a world of spirits. Mostly they seem to avoid people. I've only ever seen them alone or with the animals."

"The animals?" Billy asked.

"Crows, owls, coyotes, foxes... Martin has a theory that the reason some animals appear in our myths more often than others is because they're the ones that have the strongest presence in the dream. Perhaps, they leave an impression that makes its way into our subconscious."

*****

Now…

Billy rolled the motorcycle to a stop at a light. There were plenty of cars around on this street, but most of them were Empties - cars that appeared only to fill the impressions that dreamers had of the roads being full of vehicles. If you looked closely at the drivers you saw only a hazy image of a person. It was just enough to match the idea of traffic. There was a sound like the ruffling of feathers overhead, and then a crow landed on top of the streetlight. They watched each other for a second, the bird turning its head from side to side.

"He waits for you," the bird said, sounding a bit like a Halloween witch doing a bird impression.

Billy raised his eyebrow at it, then throttled the bike up, letting it leap forward through the intersection.

*****

Before…

"I have a question," Billy said. It was the second night in a row that they had walked together.

"I know," she said without looking at him.

"You already know what I want to ask?"

She turned towards him, the lines on her face becoming harder, more defined.

"You want to ask about me." He nodded. Her eyes became unfocused for a second. "Life has been...easier for me since I found my way here. There are problems that I have when I am awake. I - I don't always remember...Sometimes it is hard to think when I am awake." Her right hand rose up to tug at her eyebrow. Then suddenly she turned and began pushing her cart of treasure in front of her again.

"Come along, Billy Wu. There are many things to see tonight."

The next morning, Billy Wu took his bike to work as usual. It was a black Yamaha XJ600 - a lightweight street bike that he had purchased with his bonus last year. His family didn't know about the bike. It wasn't that they would strongly disapprove; it was just that the idea of having something in his life that they didn't know about had appealed to him.

He drove across the bridge, heading towards the building where he worked - one of many tall office complexes on the east side of downtown. He was still several blocks short of his destination when traffic slowed to a standstill. He could see some sort of accident blocking the street, so he decided to cut through the alley to try to get around it.

Up ahead, a familiar purple shopping cart was stopped against the back of a brick building. He slowed to a stop.

"Yvonne?" he called. There was no response. He throttled the bike forward, and when he passed the cart, he saw Yvonne sprawled out on a bed of cardboard. Her eyes were open, watching him, but the rest of her was still.

Billy parked the bike and got off, kneeling down in front of her. She looked exactly like she did in the dream except for an old, ugly white scar on the right side of her forehead where her eyebrow should be.

"Yvonne?" he asked again. Her lips moved a little, but there was no sound. He reached out and lifted her hand. Her arm was completely limp. When he looked back at her eyes he could see tears welling up in them.

A sudden fear swept over him. He felt for a moment as if he was falling off the dock in his nightmare again. He thought back to a conversation that they'd had on his first night in the dream.


"Most of the well known places are stable because everyone has such strong memories of how they should be. But the secret places, the ones that few remember well, those are the places that can change with a thought. Alleys, backstreets, abandoned buildings - you have to be careful in those places."

"Why? What can happen?"

"Anything. If you get caught there by someone who means you ill, then all sorts of bad things could happen to you."

"But even if something bad happened, none of it would matter once I woke up, right?"

She squinted and her right hand went up to tug at her eyebrow again.

"Why don't your arms and legs move in bed while you are dreaming?" she asked.

"Uh, I'm not sure," he said, confused by the sudden change in direction.

"It's because a part of your brain tells certain neurons to fire and others to stop firing because you are dreaming, and your muscles go limp. What would happen if your mind woke up, but your body still thought that you were dreaming?"

Billy made an "ugh" face, imagining the helplessness of waking up paralyzed.

"That's horrible. Can someone do that to you here?"

Yvonne didn't reply at first. She stood there for a few seconds, staring at a spot on the ground.

"It happened to a friend of mine - James Peyroux. He went off by himself one night and never came back. A few days later, there was a story about him in the paper. He'd been found paralyzed in his bed. He'd gotten so dehydrated that he'd had a brain seizure. Now, he's a like a zombie. His body is still alive, but his mind is gone."


It seemed to Billy like it took forever for the ambulance to get there. When it left, he followed it on his bike to the emergency room. He wasn't family, so they made him sit in the waiting area. The doctor came out once to say that they were going to run some tests, but so far they hadn't discovered the cause of her paralysis. Billy kept waiting. Eventually, he fell asleep in the chair.

As soon as he realized that he had found the dream again, Billy set out to find Martin. He didn't travel on foot the way he had with Yvonne. Instead, he visualized his motorcycle, telling himself that it belonged there with him. Between one instant and the next the bike appeared, just like the trash in Yvonne's cart. Yvonne had said that an experienced dreamer could travel almost instantly between places that he or she knew well, although Billy had yet to try it. But since he expected that almost everywhere he went would be new to him, tonight, he would be better off sticking to the bike.

Finding Martin wasn't hard. Billy just kept asking where the Philosophers were until he found them, seated in a café, drinking tea, and talking. Martin was in the middle of the group, a thin man in his thirties with hair so short he must shave it. Billy told him everything about Yvonne and about how he suspected that whatever had happened to James Peyroux was happening to her as well.

Martin frowned and rubbed his hand across the stubble on his head. He raised an eyebrow at the woman seated across from him, a tanned brunette with a green scarf around her neck. She gave a little shrug, and then nodded.

"There is a man you need to see," said Martin. "He's a Spirit Guide named Isaac. You'll find him downtown - across the bridge from here."

"Can he help Yvonne?" Billy asked.

"Possibly... A few hours ago, he sent word here that he would be waiting to help He Who Would Come. That wasn't very specific, but I'm guessing that he meant you."

"So he must know something about what is going on," Billy said.

The woman leaned towards him, watching his eyes as she spoke.

"Or he may be the cause of it..."

*****

Now…

Billy had only a moment to register that the animal had run out in front of him, before he hit the brakes. He hadn't been going very fast, but still he thought that he would slide into it. At the last moment, the animal leaped off to the side, and the bike slid past it before it came to a stop. Billy let out a shaky breath and turned back to look at the animal.

It was a coyote - an animal that until now Billy had only seen in pictures. The coyote watched him, dancing from side to side as if it wanted to be running.

"This way," it said in a raspy voice. Then it hopped off down a side street. Billy stared at where it had been for a second, then spun the bike around and rode after it. The coyote led him down progressively smaller and darker streets, a shifting blur of red, brown, and grey ahead of him, until at last they turned a corner into the open square of an empty parking lot. As soon as they where in sight of it, Billy felt something strange pass over him, like he'd just ridden through the curtain of a waterfall. He looked about, but he could not see the cause of the sensation. The light in this place was different. Everywhere else that he had been in the dream, the sun had seemed to be at twilight, but here it was night. There were stars overhead as well, despite that fact that they were not normally visible in the city.

In the center of the parking lot, there was a man standing beside a steel drum that had a fire burning in it. He was a taller than Billy, with a lithe build and dark black skin, and he was dressed in a leather hat with a brim and a leather jacket, both of which looked dark red in the firelight.

"You have come," he said, a slight accent that Billy couldn't place, coloring his words.

"What happened to Yvonne?" Billy asked, spooked out of his usual politeness. Isaac didn't seem to mind his abruptness.

"She came in contact with the spirits," he said. Then he turned and crouched down until his eyes were on a level with the coyote's.

"Thank you," he said to it, and it turned and ran off.

"What spirits?" Billy asked. Isaac stood and looked at him.

"They are not dead people, as you are thinking. They are only the intentions and memories left by people who made a strong connection with the dream." He held his hands up in front of him as if he was reading something written across his palms.

"The spirits are more like journals, left by those that once were here. They contain the stories of what happened to them in their lives."

"Why did they hurt Yvonne?" Billy asked.

"I do not think that they intended to. Sometimes a spirit has a message for someone still alive. They wander through the dream, seeking the person who will understand their message. If someone disturbs them who does not understand the message, the spirit will try harder and harder to make them understand."

He looked Billy in the eyes. "I fear that it was the energy of their efforts that inadvertently hurt your friend."

"How do we undo it?" Billy asked.

"That, I can help you with, but first you must do something for me."

"What?" asked Billy, frown lines creasing his brow.

"You must speak to the spirit who did this."

Billy's eyes widened.

"Why me?" he asked.

"Because you are the one that this spirit is searching for."

Billy let out a long slow breath, wondering if he should believe any of this.

"Why do you think that it is looking for me?"

"I listened to them. I am a Spirit Guide, and they can not hurt me simply by touching me the way that they did your friend."

"Why not?"

"For the same reason that I can help your friend. It is a gift that we possess - a talent for consciously using certain parts of our brains that normally are only a part of the subconscious."

"And you will help Yvonne recover the movement of her limbs if I agree to speak with these spirits?"

"Yes."

"How do I know that this is not a trap? Maybe you lured Yvonne and James Peyroux here with the same type of story. Maybe you prey on people this way because you are sick. How do I know that I can trust anything that you say?"

Isaac reached up and adjusted his hat brim, his movements slow and purposeful.

"You do not..."

*****

Once more, Billy followed the coyote, this time on foot. Isaac had said that the spirit was not far. In fact, it was less than a block away that the coyote suddenly stopped in front of a boarded up storefront.

"In there," it said. Then it leaped away and disappeared into the dark.

Billy tried to peer through the boards, but all that he could see was a bit of green light somewhere inside. He reached out and tried the door. It opened with a creak, and he stepped inside. It looked like the bottom floor used to be a bakery or cafe of some sort. There were dusty tables and chairs and a glass display counter against two of the walls. At first there was no sign of the green light, but he found that he could see well enough even in the dark.

Then suddenly it was there in front of him, a glowing, green bend in the air like a bubble in the dream. It moved before he could think, rushing into him. A pulse ran through his body like a concussion blast. And then suddenly everything was different.

He was standing in the same place, but the room was new instead of old, and the darkness had been replaced by bright sunlight. Menus in Chinese hung on the walls. Behind the counter, an elderly Asian man was rolling a dumpling. He looked up and smiled when he saw Billy.

"Great grandson," he said, and in his voice were a pride and an acceptance that Billy could feel in a way that he had never felt from his family before. That was the message. It didn't come through the meaning of words - it came in a feeling that filled Billy up from the inside. All of his life, his parents, his aunts and his uncles had each drilled into him how important it was to do well in school, get a good job, and make lots of money to make his ancestors proud. And now one of his ancestors had traveled through the dream across an ocean to show him that he was proud of him, and he would always be proud of him - not for the job that he had, but for the person that he was.

He looked at his great grandfather, smiling at him from behind the counter. Then there was another pulse that rocked through his body, and everything went black.

*****

"Sir?"

Billy jumped awake, inhaling a huge gulp of air and falling completely out of the hospital chair onto the floor.

"I'm sorry to startle you sir, but the doctor wishes to speak with you."

Billy looked up at the nurse standing over him with an uncertain look on her face.

"Thank you," he managed, picking himself up off of the floor. He hurried across the room to where the doctor was scribbling something on a clipboard for another nurse.

"Doctor?"

"Hi. I have good news. Your friend has regained movement in all of her limbs."

"That's fantastic," Billy said, a smile broadening across his face. "What did you do?"

"Actually, we didn't do anything. She went to sleep, and when she woke up again, she could move..."

*****

Billy Wu and Yvonne stood on the bridge, looking out at the dream twilight reflecting on the water. Yvonne's purple cart was beside them, gold treasures gleaming.

"So," Billy began, "Isaac kept his promise."

"It would seem so," she replied. "Did you understand the message?"

"Yes. I called my family and told them that I'm going back to school. They didn't understand why, but that's okay."

"Hmm... And what will you study?"

"I'm not sure. But I'm going to try things until I find something that feels right."

She turned and looked at him for a moment, her right hand tugging at her eyebrow. Then she turned back to the water.

"That's good, Billy Wu. That's real good... Come along, there's much to see tonight."

posted by D @ 5:00 PM |

Wednesday, August 24, 2005

:::Timmy, Jimmy, and the Beast of Tagmart:::

“I think we should break their skulls open.”

“Quiet, Jimmy.” He crouched and picked up a rumpled lady’s shirt that was lying on the floor. His eyes jerked from point to point until they found a shirtless hanger on the clothing rack beside him. His right eye narrowed and his left opened wider.

“Evil,” he said.

“Break their skulls,” said Jimmy.

“Shhhhh…”

Carefully, he draped the shirt over the hanger, smoothed out the wrinkles, and placed it back on the rack. From somewhere ahead came a high pitched laugh. He followed the sound, his scrawny stick-like body moving quietly through the bright colored summer collection.

He almost caught up with them in the blue jeans section, but he had to stop when he saw the stone washed pair of Lees that had been tossed haphazardly on top of the Half Off display.

“Evil…”

“Make them pay,” said Jimmy.

The trail got cold when he reached the aisle at the edge of Lady’s Clothing. He stood there for a long minute, listening. Then from across the aisle, in the shoe section, he heard that hideous laugh again. He hurried across the open space and turned down one of the narrow rows between the seven-foot-tall, double-sided shelves that held the shoes.

“Girl, look at these. My mom wears these!”

“Yuck! How can you stand it?”

“Right! I mean, doesn’t she see she’s embarrassing me?”

“Parents are so selfish!”

He could hear them just on the other side of the shelves. He pulled a box of athletic shoes down and placed it carefully on the floor beside him. Then he peered at them through the gap, but the shoes on their side made it hard to see exactly what they were doing.

“Oh my God! Look at how huge these are?”

“They’re like clown shoes!”

“I bet you could stuff an entire shoe that’s my size inside this one.”

“Try it!”

She reached over and removed a box of shoes from the shelves. Staring at her through the gap was a pale, frowning face with one eye opened wider than the other.

“Evil,” it said in a quiet voice, and then in an entirely different one it yelled “Smash your skulls!”

“Aaaghhhh!” The girl screamed, dropped the box of shoes on the floor, grabbed her friend’s arm and raced for the exit.

He frowned at them as they raced away. Then he replaced the box of shoes on the shelves on his side and walked around to do the same thing on the other side.

“You should have broken their heads, Timmy.”

“Shut up, Jimmy.”


*****

At 10:00pm, Timmy swiped his ID card through the Tagmart computer in the break room and logged himself out from work. As he walked back through the store, he struggled with the concept.

“Off the clock…off the clock…off the clock…”

As he passed electronics, he spotted a DVD that was in the wrong section. He started to turn towards it, but then he stopped.

“Off the clock…off the clock…”

“Find’em and kill’em!”

“No, Jimmy – Off the clock!”

Ignoring the grumblings of Jimmy’s voice in his head, Timmy turned back toward the front and started walking again.

When he was about twenty feet from the front door, a very large man – over seven feet tall and with a waistline like a hula-hoop – came trudging past, bumping Timmy on the shoulder. The man was so massive that the force of this minor impact spun Timmy completely around in a circle.

“Timothy! I need to speak with you, Sir!”

Mr. Burnett, the store manager came running up, just as Timmy was recovering his balance.

“Did you scare two teenage girls today?”

Timothy cocked his head to one side. “Maybe… What did they look like?”

“The ones that ran screaming from the shoe department…”

“Yes.”

“Timothy, we’ve talked about this. If you scare away the customers, the store will lose money, and I will have to fire you. Understand?”

“I didn’t mean to scare them, Mr. Burnett, but they were throwing merchandise on the floor!”

“It doesn’t matter. Look, Timothy, just don’t do it again, or I’m going to have to fire you, okay?”

“Yes, Mr. Burnett.”

“Thank you, Timothy.” He hurried off towards the office.

Timmy headed for the curb outside where the “New Hope for Life” van was waiting to take him back to the institution where he lived. Jimmy must have decided to take a nap, because Timmy could hear snoring noises in his head now.

Jimmy was like that. He did whatever he wanted to – right then if you let him. That was why he couldn’t come out and why Timmy had to keep control. Jimmy stayed on the inside so that no one got hurt, and Timmy worked the outside, keeping them functional enough that they didn’t have to stay at the institution one hundred percent of the time. The arrangement was a good one. Even though there were lots of evil people who threw stuff on the floor, working at Tagmart was better than playing checkers at the institute all day.

“Huh? Whazat?”

“Shh…go back to sleep Jimmy,” he whispered.

“Hrmm…smash’em…hmm…”


*****

The next morning, Timmy woke up at exactly 8:00am, just as he did every morning. Because it was Saturday, he watched the clock carefully until it read 8:30. It was important to Ms. Watson that he try to sleep in on Saturdays, especially since he only worked half a day. They had wanted him to take the whole day off, but Timmy had begged and pleaded until Ms. Watson had finally gotten the manager to compromise and allow him to work half of it.

After breakfast he went to the Rec Room. It was kind of like a big living room, with some sofas, chairs, card tables, and a TV. Sitting on the floor with a large book in her lap and a spread of multicolored polyhedral dice on the carpet in front of her, was Lori. She looked up from the dice when she saw him enter.

“Timmy! Come over here!”

He walked over and sat down on the floor next to her.

“Hi Lori.”

“Hi Timmy.”

“Crunch their bones like cereal!”

“Hi Jimmy.”

“What are you looking at?” Timmy asked.

She looked around, making sure that no one else was listening. “A mystic tome…”

Timmy nodded and looked at the pages. There was a lot of text, a table of numbers, and a color drawing of a man with a shotgun facing down a dragon. At the top of each page the words “Modern Magic Role Playing Game” were written in stylized letters.

“Someone left it on the shelf at the bookstore in the game section. They must have wanted me to find it. I think maybe it was the Order of Hermes – like, maybe my father sent it. He’s not allowed to contact me directly because of the rules of the Order, but maybe he left this for me to find so that I could start training to become a secret guardian of magic and truth, like him!”

“So what does it say?”

“It’s a handbook for discovering the hidden history of the world. If you learn the secret formulas and master the dice you can determine the outcome of events!”

Timmy’s eyebrows rose high up on his forehead. “Like what kind of events?”

“That’s why I called you over here. I was practicing. First, I had to describe you on this piece of paper.” She pointed at a photocopied page that said “Character Sheet” at the top in big letters. “Then I made a roll to determine what you are going to encounter in your future.”

“What was it?”

“A twelve!”

“Whoa…so what does that mean?”

“According to the mystic tables…it’s some kind of monster!”

“Smash its skull! Kill it!” A crazed, wide-eyed look flashed across Timmy’s face.

“Quiet, Jimmy!” said Timmy’s voice.

“Monster!”

“Shh…” said Lori. “Listen to him, Jimmy. You can’t let them know that you’re on to them.”

“Who?” Timmy asked.

“The Dark Pact… They’re the archenemies of the Order of Hermes. They set monsters loose in the world to aid their plans.”

This time Timmy and Lori both glanced nervously around the room.

“So what happens to me?” Timmy asked.

“I’m not sure.” She flipped through the pages until she got to a page with the word “Combat” written across it in letters that were meant to look like blood. “I haven’t made it through that part of the secret teachings yet.”

“What should I do?”

“Be careful. Something is coming…”


*****

“Timothy, please come to Mr. Burnett’s office. Timothy, come to Mr. Burnett’s office, please.” The PA system in the store always repeated things. Timmy used to wonder if there were two people that had to give each message.

“We’re probably in trouble,” said Timmy.

Jimmy made an indistinct grumbling noise.

Timmy picked up his broom and started toward the office.

When he got there, Mr. Burnett was waiting with the security guard – definitely not a good sign. Timmy started sweating. His eyes jerked back and forth between the big guy in grey and the annoyed looking manager. Inside his head, Jimmy had gone dangerously quiet.

“Yes, Mr. Burnett?”

“Timmy, what did we talk about yesterday?”

“I’m not supposed to scare the customers, even when they’re evil.”

“That’s right.” He leaned forward over his desk. “So why, Timothy, are scared customers leaving the store without buying anything?”

“I don’t know, Mr. Burnett.”

“How many times have I…” He stopped in mid sentence. “What?”

“I said, I don’t know, Mr. Burnett.”

“Okay, let me put this in a different way. Have you scared any customers today?”

“No, Mr. Burnett.”

“Really?” he frowned and turned to the monitor on his left hand side. “Alright. You’ve always told me the truth before, so let’s take a look on the security cameras and see what we can find out.”

Timmy watched the screen as it jumped to different views of the store. Everything looked normal to him. It was a Saturday, so there were lots of people aimlessly pushing carts around, picking up things and putting them down again.

“There! Over by electronics… Who is that guy?” Mr. Burnett waved the security guard over for a closer look and pointed at the screen. “That really big guy there just said something to that couple and they walked away without their cart. Go down there and have a talk with that guy.”

“What should I say?” asked the guard.

“Just ask him if everything is okay. Be helpful. Stick with him until he leaves the store, and make sure he doesn’t scare any of the other customers, but don’t let him start an argument with you. Can you do that?”

“Yes, sir.”

“Thanks, Dale.”

Once the guard had moved, Timmy got a good look at the monitor. The guy that Mr. Burnett was worried about was the same huge man that had bumped into him yesterday. Watching him, Timmy felt his head began to throb. He rubbed at his temples, trying to make it go away.

“Here we go,” said Mr. Burnett.

On the screen, Dale the security guard had just walked up. Dale was a big guy but he looked like somebody’s kid brother next to this customer. The two men faced each other. They could tell Dale was saying something, but there was no audio. The customer didn’t seem to say anything back. Dale said something else. Then he turned and walked off.

“Hey,” said Burnett. “Where is he going? I told him to stay with that guy!” He clicked the mouse a few times and the image jumped to an overhead shot from the front of the store. They watched Dale, much smaller from this perspective, as he headed straight for the exit and outside into the parking lot.

“Great!” said Burnett. “That’s just great!” He slumped back into his chair and frowned at the screen.

“Should I go back to work now?” Timmy asked.

“Huh? Uh, yeah Timmy. Go back to work.”

“Do you want me to talk to that man?”

“No. Absolutely not. I’m going to talk to him myself.” He stood up, straightened his shirt, forced his face into an even sterner look, and walked out of the office.

Timmy looked around the now empty room, and then he lifted his broom and turned for the door.

“…grrr…tear his nose off!”

“It’s okay, Jimmy. We’re not in trouble.”

Outside the office, a short hallway led past a conference and training room and back out to the store proper. There was a bench for customers to sit on just to the left of the hallway that he came out of, and he stopped to clean off the trash that someone had left there.

“Evil…”

“…Grrr…”

A minute later, as he was finishing, Mr. Burnett walked up, heading past Timmy for the office and mumbling something under his breath.

“Did you tell him it’s not okay?” Timmy asked.

“It doesn’t matter. I’ve got to order more stock…got to order it right now…” He didn’t even turn his head to look at Timmy as he marched past at a brisk pace.


*****

“Please, Mommy, can we get it? PLEASE?”

“Alright. Show me which one.”

Timmy pushed his broom to the side as the little girl and her mother moved past him and into the toy aisle he had just finished sweeping. He turned the corner and headed down the next aisle.

“Here it is, Mommy!”

“You want the one with the tiny leopard print purse?”

“Yeah. Her name is Esmeralda. She’s a Chica. Everyone at school is getting them, Mommy. Can I, please?”

“Well, I guess if –”

The voice stopped in mid sentence. Timmy looked up in time to see the girl and her mother walk past his aisle, moving quickly toward the front of the store and not saying a word. He moved cautiously to the end of the shelves and peered around the corner into the aisle they had just left. His left eye opened wide and his right narrowed. In his head, Jimmy let out a warning growl.

Standing near the far end was the huge man from the security tape. He held a pink toy package in his hand, and he was leaning down to examine the shelf where the toy had come from.

Timmy’s head began to hurt again.

“…grrr…” Jimmy growled before Timmy could stop him.

The big man stiffened and Timmy jerked his head back around the corner. He waited a few seconds, listening, but there was no sound from the other aisle. Carefully, he peaked again. The big man was still there. He placed the package on the shelf and grinned in a way that showed his teeth. Then he turned away from Timmy, walked to the end of the aisle, and turned right.

Broom in hand, Timmy walked to the shelf with the Chica dolls and stopped. The package was back where it was supposed to be, undamaged. Everything seemed okay – except those people had wanted to buy it and they hadn’t.

“Smash’em?” Jimmy asked, uncertain.

“Hmm…I don’t know Jimmy. I don’t know…”

Timmy spent the last two hours of his shift watching the huge man from a distance. The man walked all over the store, stopping anyone he encountered. Each time, he said nothing, only staring at them, and each time, they would put down whatever they had been carrying, often leaving whole shopping carts unattended. These the man left where they were, so that by the time Timmy was supposed to leave, there were half full shopping carts all over the store.

“This isn’t right, Jimmy,” he said.

“…hate’em!”

“It’s like everyone is going crazy.”

Reluctantly he made his way to the curb outside where the New Hope for Life van was waiting. After he got in the van, he turned and looked out the window. As the van pulled away, he saw the open sign switch off. The doors were being locked by one of the stockers, but the big man was still somewhere inside.


*****

Three days went by, each one worse than the last. Fewer people were coming to Tagmart, and those that did weren’t buying anything. At the same time, the stockers were cramming everything that they could onto the shelves, so the store seemed bloated with consumer goods. Timmy noticed something else as well – the merchandise was beginning to look used. The clothes were wrinkled – only a little, but he noticed. There were hundreds of little scratches and scuff marks on things. He spent hours trying to rub them all out with a rag.

Through all of this, the huge man walked, running his gaze over every shelf and display. No one challenged him. The employees seemed not to notice him unless they were in his way. Then they moved aside without a word.

Once, Timmy tried asking Mr. Burnett about him.

“A big man? Well I don’t know about that, but tell me this, Timmy – how are we going to get more items on the shelves? I’ve covered every inch of display space, but it’s not enough. We need more products! It’s the key to everything!”

Timmy had barely had time to say “I don’t know,” before Mr. Burnett had hurried off again.

To make matters worse, Lori had gone into her room on Saturday afternoon and not come out again. She was the only one that he could talk to about what was going on, and Timmy had hoped that there might even be something in her mystic tome that would be able to explain why everyone at Tagmart was acting strange. He waited anxiously for three evenings but saw no sign of her.

Finally, on the fourth evening, he couldn’t stand it any longer, so he went to see her.

“Lori…are you awake?” Timmy leaned against her door, glancing nervously up and down the hallway. It wasn’t after curfew, or he never would have gotten past the nurse that watched over this area, but he wasn’t used to being in the girls’ wing. It made him nervous.

“Timmy?” said a voice from the other side of the door.

“Yeah.”

The door opened a crack, and Lori eyed him and the hallway around him.

“Are you alone?” she asked.

“Jimmy’s with me.”

“Okay, come in,” she said, opening the door the rest of the way. He stepped in, and she shut the door behind him.

The light inside Lori’s room was dim and tinted red. There were arcane symbols drawn on construction paper and posted all over the walls. A green tapestry with a Celtic knot work design covered the twin bed that was pushed against the left wall, and Timmy could just make out the glow of star shaped stickers on the ceiling.

“Jimmy and I looked for you in the Rec Room,” he said.

“I’ve been laying low.”

“What for?”

“I kept getting this feeling like I was being watched. The doctor said I should up my medication.”

“Let’s smash open his skull!”

“No, Jimmy, the doctors aren’t evil,” Timmy said.

“He thinks it’s my paranoia, but I think it’s different this time. I think the Dark Pact may have found out that I got a mystic tome. So I told the doctor that maybe I just needed to rest for a few days. That’s why I haven’t left my room.”

“Oh.”

“Something happened, didn’t it?” she asked, her forehead creased in a frown.

“Yeah.”

“Tell me about it.”

He did – starting with the security tapes in Mr. Burnett’s office and ending with the way the huge man at the store didn’t seem to ever leave.

“Hmm…” She walked over to her bed, reached inside one of the pillowcases, and pulled out the book and a clear plastic bag that held the dice. She sat down on the bed and started flipping through the book’s pages.

“You never saw him say anything to the people that left?”

“Nope.”

“It sounds like he’s using some kind of mind control.”

“How can he do that?”

“It says in the Creatures section that a lot of monsters can use mind control – at least a little. That’s how most of them survive without being noticed. A long time ago, when humans started banding together and using tools to hunt down the bigger predators, they drove some monsters to near extinction. The ones that survived were the ones that could hide themselves somehow. The ability to hide your true appearance from a human mind was an advantageous evolutionary trait because it kept the human tribes from hunting you down in mass, so the ones that survived were closer to human size and more able to pass themselves off as something else. According to the mystic tome, some of the more powerful monsters can do more than just hide their appearance now.”

“Can they make you do evil things?” Timmy asked, picturing the abandoned shopping carts full of merchandise.

“They can try. Whether or not they succeed depends on how powerful their mind control is and on how strong your mind is. I can predict the results with the dice, but I have to know the mental power scores of everyone involved.”

“How do we get those?”

“Pull out his brain?” suggested Jimmy.

“I think,” she began, the sides of her mouth dimpling as she tapped a finger against her lips, “that all we have to do is find out what type of monster this guy is. Then I can look him up in the mystic tome.”

“How do we do that?” Timmy asked.

She turned and surveyed the room. Then she walked over to a dresser drawer, opened it, and pulled out a blue plastic diving mask with a snorkel attached to it. The clear plastic that the swimmer was supposed to look through was crisscrossed with cracks.

“We’ll need these.”


*****

On a dark residential street, a young girl waited impatiently on the sidewalk across from a quiet one story house. Eventually, another young girl came silently around from the back of the house and crossed the street to meet her.

“It took you long enough!” said Stacey.

“I’m sorry, okay? My mom was watching me like a hawk!” said Tanya.

“Whatever,” said Stacey. She turned and started walking down the street.

Tanya hurried to catch up. “Look, I said I was sorry. Gah!”

“Come off it, Tanya. You’ve been putting me off all week about sneaking out ever since that weird guy at Tagmart scared you.”

As they neared the end of the block, the light from a street lamp illuminated the red in Tanya’s cheeks.

“I can’t help it, Stacey. If you had seen that creepy guy’s face, you would have gotten scared too!”

“Yeah, right.”

“I’m telling you –”

She stopped to listen. A strange whirring noise was getting louder by the second.

“Do you hear that?”

“Yeah, I think…”

They stepped around the corner and stared in terror. Barreling down on them from a few yards away was Timmy, seated atop the handle bars of a speeding bicycle and wearing a cracked scuba mask with a snorkel.

“Crash! Squish! Crush your bones!” yelled Jimmy in warning.

“Aaaghhhh!” the two girls screamed. They scrambled to get out of the way and fell to the ground in a tangle of limbs. The bicycle swerved a little to the left and just barely missed them.

“Watch it!” yelled Lori belatedly as she peddled the bike past them.


Sneaking out of the institution had been easier than Timmy had thought it would be. All they had to do was slip twenty dollars to the security guard at the end of the hall.

“Don’t forget to wear protection,” he had said to Timmy with a wink.

“That’s why I’ve got this,” Timmy had replied, holding up the mask and snorkel. The guard had raised an eyebrow then shaken his head from side to side.

Now, as they flew down a hill heading toward the back of Tagmart, Timmy wondered if it would be enough. Lori had said that since the man had looked the same on the video as he did in person, he was probably strong enough to cover the whole store with a mental command. This command would make your mind think you were seeing a huge man anytime your eyes told it you were seeing…whatever he really was. She thought that if Timmy looked at him through the cracked image of the mask, then maybe the distorted image of whatever he really was would make it past the blanket mind control he was covering the store with.

Lori brought the bike right up to the back service entrance, and Timmy hoped off. The security lights were bright in this part of the lot, but the whole area was very quiet.

“Okay, remember: get a good look at it, and then come back right away so I can figure out what its stats are.”

“Okay,” said Timmy. He pulled his ID card from his pocket and swiped it through the door’s electronic lock. It beeped and the little light on the lock turned green. Timmy pulled it open and started to step through.

“Be careful!” said Lori. Timmy turned back and nodded, the snorkel bumping against his head as he did so. Then he took another step into the building and let the door close behind him.


It was just as quiet inside the store as it had been in the parking lot. Timmy walked down the hallway, past the break room, and out into the store where he stopped, his mouth hanging open.

There was nothing there. He was in the back of the store, standing next to what should have been the house wares section, but there was no merchandise in sight. All he could see was the broken image of empty white shelves. He pushed the mask up to the top of his forehead, but the image only became clearer.

He rushed forward to the end of the row. Across the aisle, in the kids clothing section there was nothing but empty clothing racks. He stepped into the aisle and turned left, walking along the path that made a loop around the store. Everywhere he looked there were only more empty shelves.

When he came to the spot where the aisle that looped around the store intersected with the walkway that crossed through the store’s center, he stopped. His face pinched into a frown, and his eyes began to water.

“Evil…” he said in a chocked whisper.

Every single item that was missing from the shelves and the racks was there, in one massive, disordered pile. Basketballs, lawn chairs, toys, clothing – it had all been thrown together with no regard for the damage any of it was receiving. This was why the clothes looked wrinkled, and this was the source of the hundreds of tiny scuffs and scratches.

In the center of the pile, lying on his side atop the entire Tagmart inventory was the huge man.

Timmy ducked down and prepared to run for it, but the man didn’t move. In fact, he lay completely still except for the steady rise and fall of his massive belly. Timmy stood up again slowly. He wanted to scream in agony at what was being done to the store’s merchandise. His head began to hurt, and inside him, Jimmy had gone very, very still.

Remembering his mission, he reached up and slowly pulled the mask down over his face. Through the cracked plastic lenses the image was scattered, broken into sections that were shifted left, right, up, or down from where they ought to be. He could see the pile, which looked even more like the product of an earthquake, and in distorted, separate pieces he could see the dragon that lay on top of it.

It was only about seven or eight feel long, with scales that were grey, brown, and black in an almost random pattern that reminded Timmy of camouflage. Two short horns protruded from the top of its large head, and a pair of wings stretched part way out over the pile beneath it.

Timmy drew in a long, slow breath and let it out. There was a dragon living in his store.

“Tell Lori,” he whispered to himself. She would know what to do.

He turned to go, but stopped when he noticed a ladies shirt crumpled by his feet.

“Off the clock,” he said in a small voice. Then why are we here, asked another voice inside his head.

He reached down and gently lifted the shirt from the base of the pile. It was still on the hanger. He smoothed the wrinkles as best as he could and hung it on the rack next to him.

Pain erupted at his temples. He cried out. A powerful, deep voice spoke directly to his mind.

“Who the hell gave you permission to touch my hoard?” said the voice.

Timmy looked up. The dragon was awake and staring down at him from the top of the pile.

“Come up here,” it said. The voice was like a rope that grabbed him and pulled. Timmy felt himself moving.

“No!” he cried, as his feet stepped on top of the pile and his legs pushed him forwards. Half walking, half climbing, he made his way toward the dragon. The pain in his head grew worse. He struggled against it, and for a moment, his body stopped moving.

“Not bad, slim, but you’re not strong enough,” it said. The pressure on his mind doubled, and his resistance was washed away. Quickly, he climbed to the top until he stood face to monstrous face with the dragon.

It peered at the cracked mask he wore.

“You’re just all kinds of clever. Take it off and add it to the hoard.”

He did so.

“What’s your name, slim?”

“Timmy,” he said aloud.

“Timmy, I want you to do something,” said the booming voice inside his head.

“I want you to go home, and forget that you ever saw any of this.” Then it did something to his mind. It felt to Timmy like he was being strangled, like his consciousness was being put in a choke hold. He fought against, struggling to stay in control, but the dragon’s mind was just too strong for him. A moment later, everything in his mind seemed to just empty. Timmy had no thoughts. He just stood there, waiting.

“Now, do like I said, and go home,” the dragon commanded.

Timmy turned and took a step away. Then he stopped. Slowly he turned back around to face the dragon.

“Timmy, I told you to go home,” said the dragon.

“Timmy’s gone,” said a gravely voice. Jimmy reached down and pulled a heavy iron golf club from the hoard.

“Who are y–”

“Smash your skull!” Jimmy yelled and swung the club.


*****

In the parking lot behind Tagmart, Lori waited anxiously for Timmy to come back. She wondered if she should have gone in with him. Maybe whatever monster was in there had captured him. Maybe –

WAM!

The back door flew open, slamming into the wall. A huge, scaly beast came rushing out. A blue colored fluid dripped from a gash on the side of its head. One of its two horns was broken off in a jagged stump, and one of its wings seemed to be dragging on the ground as it ran. It screamed and ran past her at an incredible speed.

Lori swiveled on the bicycle seat and watched as it disappeared down a dark street.

A moment later, Timmy appeared. He was limping and there was blood dripping from his nose. Blue fluid stained the shirt he wore and dripped from the golf club he leaned on.

“Are you okay, Timmy?”

“Come back and I’ll smash your skull again!” he shouted in the direction the dragon had gone.

“Oh. Hi Jimmy,” she said.

Jimmy looked at her, and then he shook his head like he was clearing it. His expression softened.

“Hi Lori,” said Timmy’s voice. “It was a dragon.”

“I know,” she said. “It’s gone now.”

He nodded. Then he turned to head back into the store.

“We should go back to the institution now,” she said.

“I can’t. I’ve got to put all of this stuff up.”

“Timmy, if we don’t get back there before the guard goes home, we’ll get in major trouble.”

He looked up at her. “I know.” His eyes were on the verge of tears.

She sighed. “What the hell.” She swung down off the bike and walked over to him.

“Thank you, Lori.”

“Don’t mention it.” She put his arm around her shoulder for support on the side where he was limping. “Is there a lot of stuff that needs to be put back?”

“Maybe…what do you consider a lot?”

They shuffled back inside, and the door closed quietly behind them.

posted by D @ 5:28 PM |

Saturday, August 13, 2005

:::The Great Puzzle Part III:::

“Señor, you’ve got one chance to tell me what’s going on, and if I don’t like it, I’m going to throw you in that jail cell for the next week before I ask again.”

I looked up at the police officer. He stared back at me with narrowed eyes, a wooden matchstick clenched between his teeth. He kept it moving from one side of his mouth to the other while he waited for me to confess.

Panic was flooding my blood stream with adrenalin. I wanted to knock over the table in front of me, push past him, and run out the door of this little room and out of the station. I had to stop myself from yelling “I didn’t do anything!” at the top of my lungs.

Almost an hour ago, I had arrived at the post office in San Sebastian (Donostia, it was called in Basque) just in time to Xabier walk out and get into a car. I had rushed to a taxi, pointed at the car, and told the driver in Basque to follow it. Xabier had headed west out of the city with us behind him. But sitting in the back of the cab, I was overcome with exhaustion from the plane ride, and I had drifted off to sleep.

This must have all seemed suspicious to the driver. He followed Xabier’s car all the way to a small town about 15 kilometers down the coast, but when he realized that I was asleep, he turned into the local police station.

Focus, I told myself. Concentrate on what you need to say. Don’t speak in English or in Basque – he works for the government of Spain.

“I was following a man,” I said in Spanish.

“Why?”

For the second time, I found myself trying to think of an excuse for why I was after this man. The police officer watched me closely. His matchstick had stopped moving.

“He’s…engaged to my sister. He seems like a good man, but there have been some rumors that he might be already married. I was following him, because I needed to make sure that he is an honest man.”

The police officer slumped back in his chair with the matchstick once again shifting from side to side. He looked at me and shook his head slowly. Then he stood up and walked to the doorway.

“Is there anything in his bag?” he yelled to someone.

“Nothing of interest,” a voice answered.

“Have they found that car yet?”

“Yeah…”

“Where is it?”

“It’s parked in the street next to Naroa’s Pub.”

The police officer nodded, and then turned back to face me.

“Sneaking around like this is not the way for a man to act. You should go into this pub, buy a couple of pints, and ask him straight up if he is already married. If he says yes, then you hit him once in the jaw and your sister never speaks to him again.” He pulled the matchstick from his mouth and pointed at me with it. “Understand?”

“Yes sir. You are right. I will ask him to his face.” I nodded my head and tried to look determined.

“Come on. I’ll drop you off.”



*****

The street where the police officer dropped me off was little more than an alley. Through the opening at the opposite end I could see the masts of fishing boats. The smell of the ocean was everywhere. I could almost taste the salt in the air. Xabier's car was still parked on the right side, but there was no one in it. Across from it was the entrance to the Naroa’s Pub. The door was made of old thick wooden planks, but it swung easily open.

Inside, thin beams of light cut the edges of the shuttered windows. It was just enough illumination to see the curling tobacco haze which filled the room. A handful of patrons sat near the bar where an older man with a grey mustache was polishing glasses. There was no sign of Xabier.

Everyone turned as I entered. No one smiled. Tiny frown lines appeared at the corner of the barman’s eyes and mouth.

“What do you want?” he said in English. “…to drink,” he added at last.

“Nik kafesne bat.” I’ll have a coffee. The little lines around his eyes and mouth seemed to soften. The patron nearest the bar slouched back against his seat, easing a tension I had felt but not seen.

“Sorry,” he said in Basque. “I thought from your clothes you were a foreigner.”

“I just visited America.”

The bartender nodded and poured me a coffee with milk. The smell of it mixed with the smoke and the faint sweetness of the cider and tickled my nose. I sipped the drink and turned to survey the rest of the room, looking for anything that might tell me where my quarry had gone. The bartender noticed my gaze.

“Are you looking for someone?”

“Xabier.”

Again, he nodded as if it made perfect sense to him.

“His boat is the third one down from here, but you should hurry. I think they are putting out soon.” He motioned with his head over his left shoulder. I nodded back, dropped some bills on the bar, and walked out.

Once outside again, I ran down the narrow street and onto the wooden dock. My pulse quickened as I tried to imagine what I would do now. There was no time to stay back and watch from a distance. The ship was going to leave, and I would have no way to follow.

I strained my eyes searching for the right one. There! I stopped running. I could see several men carrying wooden crates and duffel bags down into the ship. Standing at the prow and poring over a map with a second man was Xabier. He pointed at the map and said something to the man next to him. He –

I stopped. My legs felt weak. The feeling in my gut grew frantic like a thousand butterflies trying to escape a net. I squeezed my eyes shut for a second and then opened them again. The scene had not changed. There, standing next to Xabier, holding one side of the map, was Charles.



*****

The moment I saw Professor Zamin all thought about what I was doing fled. I stood still for a long moment trying to understand what I was seeing. Deep in the back of my mind the wheels started to turn. I flashed on the image of Xabier following Charles down the street across from the café.

I took a step toward the boat.

I saw again the picture of Xabier from the back taken by the security camera as he carried the large bag into the lab. The same camera had not seen him leave. He had left another way – with the Professor.

I took another step.

There were too many bones in the lab. If it wasn’t for the witnesses, they might never have known that the Professor had been in there when the bomb went off.

Someone on the ship must have noticed me, because the men on board had stopped loading boxes. Charles looked up, and recognition flashed across his face. He pushed the map into Xabier's hands and began slowly walking toward me. Xabier shouted a question to him, but he did not answer.

I remembered what else I had read in a newspaper. What makes this despicable act of terror so tragic is the way it simultaneously destroyed not only the courageous man who discovered the Great Puzzle, but whatever evidence he had found to prove its authenticity as well...And since the Professor told no one the details of his discovery, we can only wonder what the exact nature of that proof was going to be…

"There was no proof," I said aloud and took another step.

Questions zipped through my head like debris in a whirlwind. Professor Zamin announced that he had the answer, and then he faked his own death. Now anyone that was open to the possibility that the inscriptions might be real is assuming that they are real. Searching for the Professor’s lost proof will probably become the most popular research project in the whole college of archaeology. But why was there a need for any of it? Professor Zamin was a scholar and a scientist. Even if he couldn't prove the authenticity of the inscriptions yet, why give up and resort to a lie? It didn’t make sense. There were lots of things that science hadn’t been able to prove right away, but eventually enough evidence was accumulated. Why not just keep working until you really could prove their authenticity?

I looked up. My feet had stopped moving. Charles was standing a meter away. His amber eyes looked into mine with a somber intensity, as if he was holding an avalanche back with the sheer force of his will.

"You couldn't wait for real proof because you knew there would be none. The inscriptions are fakes." I waited, but he did not move or say anything.

"ZL didn't evolve. Its structure is too perfect. It was created," I continued. "There is no evidence of ZL anywhere else in history. It has only been found on four inscriptions…four fake inscriptions…four fake inscriptions all found by you…" The last piece of the puzzle hit my brain like a brick dropped from an airplane.

"You designed ZL. You faked the inscriptions. You made up the Great Puzzle."

A sad smile spread slowly across Professor Zamin's face.



*****

"Why?" I asked. Charles blinked at me, then held up his pointer finger like he was about to make a point.

“Do you remember what I said to you that morning at the café? Language is not enough – a new myth is needed for our time. Over the past century there has been a rise in destructive violence and warfare unlike anything we would have imagined. Since my birth alone, the world has seen slaughter and genocide take place on three continents. Did you know, Philip, that before the mid twentieth century, the word genocide did not even exist? We did not yet know the horrible things we would be capable of.”

“Violence is nothing new for humanity,” I said.

“Yes, but always before the fighting had some limit - some point beyond which fighting was no longer necessary. We want your land, so we will fight you until we have it… We want your oil, so we will fight you until we have it… But with the birth of genocide, we entered a whole new realm of fear and hatred. You are not like us; therefore you do not deserve our compassion… There is only one way and it is our way; all else is evil and must be destroyed!”

“Not only have we discovered genocide, but each new one now happens sooner than the one before that. The Armenians in Turkey, the Jews in Germany, the Cambodians, the Rwandans, the Bosnians and the Serbs, the Kurds in Iraq, and the Darfur region of Sudan… Who do you think gets called by the UN to excavate the mass graves? Year after year, I found myself spending ever more time piecing together the final moments of the executed. It was there amongst the bones of the fallen masses that I began to see the pattern - the trend in human events”

“What trend?”

“Communication, the digital revolution, faster and cheaper travel, cell phones, the internet… All of these things were supposed to unite us. We predicted that they would usher in the beginnings of a new era of understanding amongst all peoples. And we have indeed seen a trend of growing connection between us. We have seen unity as scholars, artists, and others reached out across cultural and geographical boundaries to learn from one another. But what we did not predict, is that a second trend would emerge as well - a backlash from those that look upon their neighbors on this planet with horror and fear. These peoples – those that believe that their way is the only way, that all must accept it or be cleansed from the earth – are rising up and falling upon their neighbors with machine guns, with machetes, with nerve gas, or (like in America) with plane old hate. This is the pattern that I became aware of while digging up the remains of the slaughtered masses. These two trends, these two movements, are fighting for dominance.”

His gaze seemed to sharpen. “I chose to become a champion for the cause of unity.”

“And you thought that this ruse would be enough? Don’t you think others will figure it out eventually?”

“What makes you think that there are not already others who know?”

“You mean your accomplices?” I asked, looking beyond him at the men on the boat.

“Not exactly… I never intended that the origin of the Great Puzzle remain a secret forever. In countries all over the world, there are initiates of the Great Puzzle that will act as guides for those ready to make this discovery.”

“And when do people become ready?” I asked, frowning.

“…when they do not base the validity of an idea on its origins,” he said. A breeze came up suddenly from offshore, cooling the exposed skin on my hands and neck. Behind Charles, the men were loading boxes again with Xabier urging them to hurry.

I thought about what the Professor was saying. Wasn’t that something that I believed – that the value of a mythology came from its usefulness to a society, not its authenticity? Wasn’t that the reason that I had begun looking for Charles’s lost proof in the first place – because I valued the ideas they would reinforce? How was I different from Charles except in degree? I had never tried to con the Mexican authorities into believing that God wanted them to respect the indigenous peoples living with them, but was that only because I didn’t think that I could?

“Whatever I think of your philosophy, you can’t force enlightenment on the world.”

“I know that. I do not expect the world to suddenly wake up with no malice in its heart. But there are good people out there who are just waiting for a reason to start believing in each other – in the value of all of humanity. They just need an idea to come along that’s strong enough to stand up to the bigoted zealotry that gets shouted at them every day. When was the last time that the tolerant and the wise had a louder microphone than the angry, the fearful, and the hateful?”

From the boat, Xabier called to the Professor to hurry. The Professor gave him a curt nod, and then turned back to me.

“No, I do not expect the world to change overnight, but I am also not going to sit back and let the side of division and xenophobia grow stronger while I sift through the endless graves of its victims.

He glanced backward at the boat for a moment. Then he rubbed one hand across the faint stubble that had appeared on his scalp since I had seen him in London.

“Have you given any thought to what you will do now that you know?” he asked.

“Do you mean, am I planning on telling the world that it’s all fake?”

“Actually, no – even if you tell the world what you have learned, you will have no proof of any of it. What I meant was have you given any thought to what you will do with your life?”

“What?”

“I mentioned earlier that there are others out there who know the truth - a network of believers that act as teachers or guides. They are the guardians of this last secret. They have a sacred trust to make sure both that those who are ready can learn it and that those who are not ready are sheltered from it.”

“What are you suggesting?”

“The cause of unity needs champions, Phillip. It needs people who believe that there is something important to learn from every culture - from every form and aspect of life. If you are really worried about what might happen if the world found out what you know, then why not help us to guard that secret? Become a guardian of the Great Puzzle. Help to bring greater illumination to the world. So much can-“

The Professor was interrupted by a loud blast from a horn. Xabier's ship was pulling away from the dock. On the deck, Xabier was frantically motioning to the Professor to hurry.

“I must go,” said Charles. “But we will speak again, Phillip.” With that he turned, rushed to the edge of the dock, and leaped across the water onto the deck of the ship where he was caught by Xabier.

I stood where I was, watching the ship (the Sophia, the name on the side proclaimed) slowly push out into the Mediterranean. The afternoon sun turned the tops of the crests golden. Just as the figures on the deck were becoming indistinct I thought I saw one turn and wave once back toward the shore.




*****

A few days later there was a report in the news that a ship, The Sophia, had been lost in a storm at sea. Rescuers found pieces of the vessel, but no survivors. Was this just another mysterious escape by the Professor, or had he really died at sea? I didn't know.

After San Sebastian, I took a couple of train rides and found myself in Turkey near the border with Iraq. The government of Turkey and the Kurdish people living in that area haven’t had the best relationship. I started talking to people about language classes. I even offered to teach Kurdish to some of the Turkish police officers. They asked me why I was so determined that the people there would learn each others’ languages.

I told them this:

Life is a great puzzling question to which each of us has but a tiny piece of the answer. Where do we keep these answers? They are wrapped up in our heads and our hearts. It is only through language that we are able to let them out.

posted by D @ 7:33 PM |

Sunday, August 07, 2005

:::The Great Puzzle Part II:::

There were too many bones in the room where Professor Zamin had died. That was what the newspapers were all saying. The bomb had gone off in a forensic anthropology lab where several dozen skeletons were being examined as part of a university class. Ball bearings had been packed around the explosives, so now the basement room was a mass of burnt and broken bone fragments. According to the police, if it wasn’t for the witnesses that saw him entering the lab, they might not even have known for sure that Professor Zamin was in there.

In my cramped seat on the airplane, I reread the account of his death over and over again in half a dozen newspapers. I was in the air somewhere over the US on my way to the university in northern California where Professor Zamin had been studying the inscriptions. I wasn’t exactly sure what I was going to do once I got there, but I knew that I had to go there, to see the tablets, to try to find…

“Find what?” I asked myself. I wasn’t sure. I flipped through the last paper in my stack.

According to the head of the anthropology department, Mr. Price, Professor Zamin had phoned him the day before and asked permission to use the lab as a place to prepare privately for his presentation. Mr. Price and two of his colleagues had personally escorted Professor Zamin to the lab a half an hour before the explosion.

The death of Professor Zamin was being praised as a punishment from God on fanatical Christian and Muslim websites, but so far no one had actually claimed responsibility for the bombing. The police reported that they had several leads but had refused to divulge any specifics.

In the back of the front section I read part of an editorial piece about the Professor’s death.


What makes this despicable act of terror so tragic is the way it simultaneously destroyed not only the courageous man who discovered the Great Puzzle, but whatever evidence he had found to prove its authenticity as well. With the loss of that proof goes an extraordinary opportunity to unite people from different backgrounds in a way that would honor their differences. And since the Professor told no one the details of his discovery, we can only wonder what the exact nature of that proof was going to be.

That’s it. That’s what I wanted to find – the proof that I had been promised. I felt cheated out of it. Maybe if I could study firsthand the writings that Charles had found, I could rediscover it. The idea of a new myth that would unite instead of divide had taken hold inside me, and I was unwilling to loose the possibility so quickly.

Of course that assumed that the proof was in the content of the inscriptions and not some piece of evidence that Charles had brought with him. For a moment I pictured Charles as he had stood ready to leave with a bag clutched firmly in his hand. Could he have been carrying it with him that morning? Had I sat within grabbing distance of some ancient archaeological relic that had gotten Charles killed?

I closed my eyes and tried to relax, while in my head the memory sounds of sirens chased me into a restless sleep.




*****

Back on the ground, I paused beside an airport TV that was tuned to a cable news channel.

“Once again, the police have reported that while all of the campus security cameras in the building’s immediate area were disabled, they have been able to obtain this image from a security camera a good distance away. The image, which has been enhanced to allow a zoomed in view, appears to show a man with a suspiciously large bag entering the building approximately one hour before Professor Zamin arrived. Unfortunately, the man’s face is not visible from this angle. Since there is no shot of this man leaving the building by the same route, police believe he may have left from another direction. Police in London are asking anyone who may have information about this man to contact them at the following number...”

I looked hard at the picture. Something about it seemed familiar. I walked over to the airport bookstore and bought a copy of a newspaper with the same picture on the front cover.

A few minutes later, I sat in the back of a taxi cab on my way to the university and studied the picture again. I couldn’t be sure, but… I closed my eyes and tried to picture the scene. I was sitting in the café in London, watching Charles walk alone down the street, his back to me. He reached the intersection and turned right. Another man walked into the intersection from the left and stopped. He was of medium height with a wiry build and a dark complexion. He wore denim jeans and a navy blue sweater and his hair was dark and a little wavy. He stared in the direction that Charles had gone, and then he tossed his cigarette to the ground, hoisted a bag over his shoulder, and hurried off in the same direction.

I opened my eyes and looked again at the picture. Whoever it was, he had roughly the same build and was wearing denim jeans and a navy blue sweater just like the man I had seen that morning.

Were the police on the wrong track, searching for the friend that was supposed to meet Charles at the café? Or was the man that followed Charles down the street not a friend after all? If the former, then wouldn’t that man come forward and identify himself so that the police could move on to other leads? Would I come forward if they were seeking information about me? It made me nervous just imagining myself as a suspect in something like this. This was not like Mexico, I reminded myself. The police in charge of this type of investigation had to be professionals.

I realized suddenly that I was frowning at nothing. I put my face in my hands and tried to rub out the tightness, but an underlying tension remained.



*****

“This room has been turned over entirely to documents and reference materials discussing the Great Puzzle. Everything the Professor accumulated on the subject as well as recent publications by other scholars have been placed here. The only things you won’t find are the inscriptions themselves.”

I was standing in a small room lined with shelves and file cabinets just off the main section of the anthropology and archaeology library. The center of the room was dominated by a long table with wooden chairs and numerous lamps and a large copy machine at the opposite end. My tour guide was a graduate student named Alicia who had only just started working with Professor Zamin a few weeks ago and still seemed a little upset. Not that I could blame her.

“Are the inscriptions themselves available for viewing anywhere?”

“Before he…left, the Professor had them placed in the library’s archive for security reasons. Given what happened in London, I’d say your chances of seeing the tablets in person any time soon are about as good as my chances of meeting the people who wrote them.”

“I understand,” I said, unable to keep the disappointment from my voice.

“I’m sorry. Things are just a little crazy right now. But you know we do have the best enlarged photographs of each of them here in this room. They’re almost as good as looking at the originals.”

“Thanks.”

“Let me know if you have any questions. Oh, and you know that none of the materials can leave this room, right?”

“No problem. Thanks again for your help.”

“Sure.” She opened the door to leave, and an idea occurred to me.

“Actually, I do have one more question if you don’t mind?”

She nodded.

“I’m looking for a man that I think might have worked with the Professor.” I described as best as I could the man I had seen on the street after speaking with Charles.

“That sounds like Xabier.” There was something weird about her body language as she said this as if she was trying to be still. “Why are you looking for him?”

“Uh…” Damn. I couldn’t think of a good reason.

“Are you with Interpol?”

“What?”

“Look, it’s not Xabier’s fault who his parents are,” she said, her voice getting louder. “And if that’s all you’re here for, you can just leave right now. This is a serious academic facility, and we have more important things to do than to waste time giving you a tour.”

“Alicia – ”

“Christ! I mean, I’m Turkish on my father’s side, but that doesn’t make me responsible for killing all of those Armenians! It’s bad enough the Professor is dead, but you people – ”

“Alicia, I’m not with Interpol!”

“You’re not?”

“No.”

“Then why are you looking for Xabier?”

“I met Charles…on the morning of the bombing.”

“Oh!”

“But I didn’t know who he was then. I’m a linguist. I used to teach languages, but things haven’t been going so well lately. Charles told me about the Great Puzzle. He said that it might be what I was looking for.”

The tension left her, and she gave me a sad smile.

“Anyway, he told me I should talk to this guy, but with everything that happened I couldn’t remember the name.”

“I’m sorry. I shouldn’t have just jumped to conclusions like that.”

“That’s okay. It’s been a crazy couple of days.”

“Xabier has been working in the field. I think he’s supposed to be back here on Thursday. Can you wait a few days?”

“I think so. In the mean time, I really would like to study the inscriptions – or at least their photographs.”

“Well, if you need anything, just let me know.”

“Thank you.”

She gave me another sad smile as she pushed through the door and walked back into the main library.



*****

I spent that night sorting through everything that the library had accumulated on the Great Puzzle. Most of the information was in the form of academic papers written about the Great Puzzle or about ZL. ZL was short for Zamin’s Language, which was what they were calling the unidentified writing system on the inscriptions.

Besides the papers, there was a whole series of photographs of each of the inscriptions from almost every angle. These were kept in plastic folders inside a cabinet with numerous shallow map-size drawers.

Lastly, there was a shelf full of historical reference books from the main library. I guessed that these had been brought in to help anyone searching for the civilization that might have birthed the Great Puzzle or written with ZL. But from the titles of the papers I had scanned over, I didn’t think that anyone had found a connection yet.

The main library stayed open twenty four hours a day for the students, but by 3:00am I had to go get some sleep. I came back about mid morning with caffeine and trail mix to sustain me and dove into it again starting with the most current of the papers.

It quickly became apparent that whatever proof Charles had found had not been duplicated by anyone else. None of the other scholars had even come close to finding something definitive. There were just not any known references to the civilization that had created these artifacts, much less any good ideas as to how they might have wound up on three separate continents.

I put down the paper I was reading and stretched. If I was going to have a chance of finding proof of the Great Puzzle’s authenticity, I was going to have to try and retrace the Professor’s steps. I couldn’t physically go to each site, but I could study the pictures of the inscriptions in the order that he had found them. I would start from scratch with the first one, assume nothing, and translate it myself.



*****

Two days later, I was making notes on a scratch piece of paper, when Alicia came in to check on me.

“How is your work going?”

I shoved my pencil behind my ear and leaned back in my chair. “Not that great...”

“Oh? What are you working on?” she asked, taking the seat next to me.

“Well, I wanted to start by deciphering the inscriptions –”

“And now you’re stuck with part of the translation?”

“Uh, no, actually – I finished that yesterday.”

Her eyebrows rose up and she leaned forward slightly. “You translated all four inscriptions yesterday?”

“Uh, yeah…”

“You mean you looked up each word in the vocabulary lists that the Professor published, right?”

“Nope,” I realized that she was frowning at me, “…but I did have to use the Sanskrit dictionary a lot for the first one.”

“Sure, I mean who wouldn’t?” she said sarcastically.

“Alicia,” I looked at her, “it was easy. I mean weirdly easy. I’m not bragging, or anything.” I pulled a photocopy of one of the pictures over. “Take a look at this. On the right side you’ve got the inscription in ZL, and on the left you’ve got the same thing in Sanskrit, right?”

“Yes. I’ve seen it many times.”

“Well, look at how they’re spaced. Each phrase in Sanskrit is on its own line parallel to the phrase in ZL that corresponds to it. And each word in ZL is clearly separated from the next by a thin clear space. All that you have to do is correlate words that appear on more than one line with their possible translations from the lines of Sanskrit and then make a few deductions about parts of speech and word order. This first inscription alone is enough. The other three merely confirm the validity of any guesses from the first inscription and add a few more words to the known vocabulary.”

“Wow,” she said. “I mean I understood the basic ideas, but I hadn’t ever tried to do the translating for myself from scratch like this. The Professor had already done it, so there wasn’t any point.” She crossed her arms in front of her. “You know, with most dead languages it takes months or even years to decipher the writing system.”

“I know, but I don’t think that most of them have a key this good to go off of. And it’s not just that – it’s also the language itself. The structure of ZL is so straight forward, so simple and logical, that it seems almost inorganic. For example, it takes only a change of one mark to transform a noun into an adjective or adverb. All of the rules of grammar are simple and there are no exceptions to them anywhere in the inscriptions. It’s as if the entire language was planned at once instead of evolving on its own.”

I rubbed at my eyes. They were worn out from too much peering at the inscriptions. “What time is it, anyway?”

“It’s just past 5:00. I’m on my way to grab a quick bite. Do you want to come?”



*****

Twenty minutes later, we sat on a little hill looking down at a fountain on campus. Our food had come from a little stand on wheels run by a Vietnamese husband and wife who sold large bread rolls baked with spicy meats and cheeses in the center. To wash it down they had a lemonade that was sweet enough to give me a sugar rush but still made my lips pucker. It was cheap and tasty college student food, and I found myself heartily enjoying it.

“Phillip, I’ve been thinking about what you said about ZL,” she said through a mouthful of food. “That it seems like it was created all at once instead of evolving with use…”

“Uh-huh.”

“I think I know what you mean. If you look at English, it’s a mess of complex rules and exceptions that all got added to the language at one time or another because they made sense to the people that were speaking English at that time or in that place.”

“That’s right. And so far ZL just doesn’t show any of that chaos.”

She turned towards me and set down her food. “Do you think it could be divinely inspired?”

I swallowed and set my own food down. “What do you mean?”

“Well, there’s no evidence of a civilization that used ZL, right?”

“Except for the inscriptions….”

“Yeah, but those were found hidden away at sites that belonged to entirely different groups of people that already had their own languages and writing systems.”

“And since its structure is so clean and ordered, you think God might have created it?” There was an edge of sarcasm in my voice that I instantly regretted.

Alicia looked away for a moment before responding. “Phillip, I joined this project because when I read the translation of the Great Puzzle, I believed it. Yes, I’m a student of the scientific method, and I think that truth has to be discovered through evidence, but at the same time the message of the Great Puzzle makes a lot of sense to me. I really do think we have something to learn from every system of beliefs. And I’m not saying that I think God created it, because I’m not sure I know what God means. But it does seem possible to me that if the inscriptions themselves contain knowledge from something outside of our existence, then maybe ZL was created by that same something to communicate these ideas to us. Is that something God? Well, that’s what we are supposed to figure out. That’s the biggest piece of the Great Puzzle.”

“But why create a new language?” I asked. “If you are going to divinely inspire something, why not just do it in whatever languages the people already speak?”

“I don’t know. Maybe it was to keep the Great Puzzle separate from any one of those cultures – to keep us from fighting over ownership of it.”

“And the appearance of ZL on different continents does add some credibility to it all.” I took a sip of my lemonade. “Hell, now that I think about it, if the inscriptions had each been written in the local language, we might not have even realized that they were talking about the same thing. It’s like ‘pork with garlic sauce’ in Chinese food.”

“It’s like what?”

“On the English menus at Chinese restaurants, there’s usually a dish called ‘pork with garlic sauce,’ but the Chinese name for it is ‘fish smell pork shreds.’ If we read those two things on separate continents we might not think to connect them, and even if we did eventually realize that ‘fish smell’ meant that it was cooked in a garlic sauce, we would probably think it was just a big coincidence that they had come up with the same recipe.”

It got quiet for a minute as we both finished off our food, deep in thought.

It had never really occurred to me to believe in the Great Puzzle the way Alicia did. I didn’t tend to believe in any mythology; it was all just ideas to me. That’s what I had been looking for – an idea, something that could help unite people. I had not been looking for Charles’ lost proof because I wanted to believe in it but because I wanted something to make others believe in it.

All I really wanted was for everyone to stop trying to exploit each other and start trying to help each other. To do that, people had to understand one another, which meant speaking their language. That’s what I was trying to do in Mexico. But it wasn’t enough. Charles had told me that in the café.

Language is not enough – a new myth is needed for our time.

We were just getting ready to walk back to the library, when a man waved from across the street and trotted over to talk to Alicia.

“Hey, Alicia!”

“Hey, Carlos, this is Phillip. He’s doing some research on ZL.”

We shook hands.

“What have you been up to?” Alicia asked.

“I was just running an errand for Xabier.”

“Is he here?” I asked.

“I thought he wasn’t getting here until tomorrow,” Alicia added.

“No. He called me today, and said that he wouldn’t be back for awhile.”

“Oh,” she said. “Well, I guess you missed him this time, Phillip. Maybe you could send him an email, or something.”

“Yeah, I guess,” I said, trying not to show my disappointment and failing.

“So what kind of errand did he have you running for him?” Alicia asked.

“There was a package that had arrived in the mail for him from London. He had me ship it to him.”

A lightning bolt went off in my head.

“When did that package from London get here?” I asked.

“The day before yesterday.”

He had probably mailed it on the day that Charles was killed. The package could be Charles’ proof.

“Where did he have you send it?”

“To a post office box in Spain.”

“Do you still have the address?”

“Sure.” He pulled out a scratch of paper.

“Would you mind if I copied that down?”

“You can have it if you need it.” He handed it to me.

“Thanks.”

Alicia crumpled her trash into a little ball. “I still think email would work better than trying to send him a letter.”

“I’ve got to run. I’ve got a date with Simone, that French anthropology student,” said Carlos, grinning from ear to ear. “It was nice meeting you, Phillip.”

“Likewise.”

Carlos left, and we started back for the library.

“Alicia, I’m curious,” I said, trying not to sound too anxious. “Why did you think that I was from Interpol the other day?”

“Oh, well, it’s because they’ve given him a hard time before. His parents were part of the Basque separatist movement.”

“ETA, the terrorist group?”

“Yeah. They’re dead now, but his parents helped blow up something in Spain in the 70s. Xabier was just a baby then. He spent most of his childhood living with his extended family while his parents were on the run. He never had anything to do with ETA himself, but the police still hassle him about it. He has a lot of trouble every time he needs to get his visa renewed. It’s so unfair. Anytime something is stolen or vandalized they come to him like he is some kind of criminal. That’s why I was upset when I thought you were from Interpol.”

“I see,” I said, and I did. I knew what it was like to be on the wrong side of the cops for no just reason. But I also knew that if I told her my own suspicions, she would probably think I was just like those cops who convicted on suspicion instead of proof.

“So what are you going to do now – write a letter to Xabier or something?”

I looked down at the scrap of paper that Carlos had given me. “Not exactly…”



*****

The next morning, I was back at the airport. I had one small bag that I would carry with me onto the plane. Inside it I had packed one change of clothes, a portable CD player, and a plastic shopping bag full of purchases from the bookstore. The flight to San Sebastian left California at 7:00am and arrived at 12:45pm the next day. The package was guaranteed to arrive at the Post Office by 3:00pm. I figured that once I got through customs, I would have less than two hours to find my way there in time to catch Xabier.

In most other Western European cities, this would have been easy, but Xabier was in a part of Spain that I knew barely anything about: Basque Country. A region on the northern coast of Spain that was never conquered by the Romans, Basque Country was known as much for its guerilla separatist movement as for its language – which was unrelated to any other in Europe.

Despite what Alicia thought, I figured it was highly possible that Xabier had at least some contacts in ETA. With the aid of such men, he could easily hide himself away. After picking up his package in San Sebastian it seemed almost assured that he would disappear into some small Basque village on the coast - the kind of place where no one speaks anything but Basque and everyone is suspicious of outsiders.

My plan was to find Xabier and follow him until an opportunity presented itself to search his belongings for the Charles's lost proof. It wasn’t a great plan. Just because I thought Xabier was the man in the picture entering the lab before the bomb went off, didn’t mean that he had planted the explosives. All I could do was watch him and see. If it turned out that he was innocent, then perhaps he knew something about what the Professor had planned to reveal.

To achieve this plan, I would have to follow Xabier through his home country without being fingered as an outsider or a foreigner. This would take something I did not currently have: a usable knowledge of the Basque language. What I did have, however, were two books on Basque for the individual learner, an English/Basque dictionary, a set of audio language CDs, and twenty hours and forty five minutes of uninterrupted flight time.

As my plane took off, I set to work. I started with the books for an hour. Once I had a feel for the basics, I listened to the CDs for half an hour to check my pronunciation. Then I started working through the rest of the first book, one chapter at a time. At the end of each chapter I would listen once to the corresponding section of the CDs, then move on to the next section of the book.

I have never tried so hard to concentrate for so long in all of my life. Time had become precious to me. I could not afford to let a single moment slip away idly. When I was not listening to the language CDs, I listened to classical music to keep from being distracted by the sounds of the other passengers. Periodically I would give myself a five minute break of absolute and total mental silence. I would slow my breathing, relax each of my muscles, one at a time, and let my mind float free of all thought and concerns. I kept up a steady stream of coffee, but I tried not to overindulge since I had such a long haul ahead. As the day turned to night, and the flight attendants as well as the passengers went to sleep, I resorted to making my own coffee as quietly as I could.

At the end of fifteen hours, I had made it through all of the chapters in both books. From there I began a combination of reviewing the vocabulary from each book (there was a lot of overlap there) and making my own word lists from the dictionary. Little by little, I had been filling in words in my thoughts with the Basque equivalents, and at some point I realized that I was no longer thinking in English.

By this point, my hand was in pain from all of the practice writing I had done, so I switched to the CDs. I began to have imaginary conversations in my head with the characters in the language dialogs, asking them questions then imagining how they might respond. If I thought they would use a word that I didn't know, I looked it up. From this, I moved on to thinking about what I would say to Xabier when I found him. Each of these sentences I carefully translated as well.

There was one flight attendant who spoke Basque. When morning rolled around, I put away my books for a while, and struck up a conversation with her. She was amazed.

"I didn't know you speak Basque?"

"I do now," I replied.

posted by D @ 10:16 PM |

Saturday, July 23, 2005

:::The Great Puzzle Part I:::

Even after six months, I still flinched when I heard the police siren. It didn’t matter that I was across an ocean in an entirely different country where they spoke English instead of Spanish. The tension I felt did not end until the sound retreated into the distance.

I was sitting at an outdoor café in London, warming myself with a hot cup of tea and wondering what I would do next. For the last several months I had been working on a cruise ship with the plan that once I had saved up a little bit of money, I would start looking for work as a linguist again, whether it be teaching or interpreting or some combination of the two. I knew it was the type of work I was best at and even that I used to love it, but Mexico… Well, Mexico had changed things for me. There was a taste of something bitter in my mouth now, and I couldn’t seem to make it go away. So I sat in the café with my tea and brooded over the future.

What pulled me out of my own thoughts was a voice from behind me, speaking not in English but in Turkish.

“Gunaydin.” Good morning. “I’d like a cup of your Turkish coffee.”

“Ozur dilerim,” I’m sorry, said the waiter, “but there are no seats available.”

“There must be one somewhere – perhaps a table in the back can be brought out? I promised a friend I would meet him here shortly.”

“There are no more tables in the back, sir.”

I turned to look. The man was short with a dark complexion, a clean shaven head, and a curly black beard. The waiter did look like he could be Turkish, but I would not have been able to guess just from his face which, at the moment, had a slightly pained expression on it.

“Afedersiniz,” Excuse me, I said. “There’s an extra seat here. I won’t be staying long, and if there’s not another table when your friend arrives, the two of you can have mine.”

He turned and looked at me, studying my face for a moment before he spoke – this time in English.

“Thank you. That is most kind.” He took a seat across from me and placed his bag on the ground.

“How did you know where the waiter was from?”

“His bone structure – I am somewhat of an expert in physical anthropology. My name is Charles.”

“Phillip.” We shook hands.

“Are you American, Phillip?”

“That’s right.”

“What part of the states do you live in?”

“I don’t live anywhere at the moment, actually.” There was an emotional edge to my voice that I had not intended to be there.

“What about you?” I asked to cover my embarrassment.

“Like you, I have been a bit of a vagabond. Mostly I am wherever my research takes me.”

“And your research has brought you to London?”

“Yes. I am here for the conference and the talks on the Great Puzzle.”

“The what?”

Charles looked surprised.

“You haven’t heard of the Great Puzzle?”

I shook my head.

Charles chuckled. “I think you are perhaps the only one in the entire city at this moment.”

Anger rose up like acid inside me. It must have shown on my face because Charles took one look at my expression and instantly his mirth turned to concern.

“My apologies. I did not mean to offend you. It just surprised me because the story has been in the newspapers so much.”

“Yeah, well, I haven’t read a newspaper in the last three and a half years.” I glared at him for a moment, and then I let out a long sigh. “I’m sorry Charles. I overreacted. I just…”

Charles waited, concern still softening his face.

“Have you ever been to Mexico, Charles?”

“Yes, many times.”

“How about Chiapas near the border with Guatemala?”

“Yes.”

“Well, I spent the last three years there in a jail cell.”

“My God – I’m sorry. What happened?”

“I was working as a teacher in San Cristobal. I worked mostly with the children of the wealthier Mexicans, but in the evenings I taught Spanish and English to the indigenous people who sold hand made goods to the tourists. Sometimes I also helped translate for the state officials. For years there the indigenous peoples have been taken advantage of by the local government and the landowners. And I thought that if they learned to speak to each other, then maybe it would unite them, you know? I thought that if both sides could just talk to each other and get to know each other better, then they would have to treat each other like human beings. God I was so naïve!”

“There was a dispute over some land that was part of an ejido, a local community of indigenous people, on the outskirts of San Cristobal. A group of Mexican business developers had paid the local officials for the right to build a tourist resort there. They wanted to build an exclusive private getaway outside the city to attract rich Europeans. But the land belonged to an indigenous community. I helped translate for the people who lived there and even helped them challenge the claim to the land in court.”

“One night, I was walking down a street and a police car pulled up beside me. Even then, I wasn’t afraid. My Spanish was so good, that I had always been able to talk myself out of situations with the police before. Language was like magic for me – it got me through the impossible. This time, however, they didn’t even give me a chance to talk. They hit me with their macanas, their batons. Then they put a bag over my head and shoved me into the back of the car. They never even bothered to come up with a crime for me. They just threw me in a cell and forgot about me for three years. Then one morning, they pulled me back out, put me on a bus for Mexico City, and told me not to come back.”

I ran my hands over my face, wishing I had cold water to wash away the memory of that filthy little room in the jail.

“So how did you wind up in London?” Charles asked.

“I was broke and homeless when I made it to Mexico City. With my language skills I was able to get a job on a cruise ship. It was good because I didn’t need to have a separate place to stay. And now that I’ve saved up a little bit of money, I had planned on looking for another job as a teacher, but things…well… I guess I’m not sure what the point is anymore. Do you know what I mean?”

“You’ve lost your belief that language can unite people.”

“Yeah… I guess that’s it.”

“It can help, but sometimes it is not enough.” He rubbed one hand across the smooth skin of his scalp. “Let me tell you a story, now.” He leaned forward with his elbows on the table and began to speak in a clear, practiced voice about the Great Puzzle.



“The first piece was discovered at an archaeological dig in India. The atmosphere was tense with Christians and Hindus menacing the site daily as they each blamed the others for allowing the dig to take place on holy ground. The head of the university sponsoring the dig was just about to order everyone out when she received a phone call from the professor in charge that something had been found - something big.”

“The one who found it was Professor Zamin, and what he had found was nothing less than a key to a unifying theory of religion. It was in the form of a tablet with two parallel columns of text, one in Sanskrit and one in a never before seen written language. There was no author. Nor was there any mention of an individual. There was no explanation of how the tablets came to be written. The writing itself was not so much a story as a history. It began with the following:


Life is a search for an answer to a question that can not be expressed in words. The answer is vast, and there are as many pieces to it as there are forms that life can take. Each aspect of life is therefore the key to a single piece of the answer. Humanity is at the forefront of this search, and it carries with it not only the awareness of the question but also the ability to gather the pieces of the answer together. Thus people scatter far and wide, and each one holds a different piece sacred. They call them religions, traditions, wisdoms, and truths. But it must be remembered always that each holds just a piece of this great puzzle, and it is only by bringing these pieces together that the answer will become known.

“When the translation of the tablet was published it was a hot topic amongst archaeologists but mostly ignored by everyone else. But then, only six months later, a second inscription with the same unknown language was found. This one was in an underground chamber beneath a Mayan pyramid in the jungles of Mexico. The core message was the same, but the language was Mayan and the inscriptions were in stone. Then a third followed in China and a fourth in Norway. Around this time, the story began to appear on a couple of popular blogs and from there it spread like wildfire across the net and onto newspapers and radio shows. Hundreds of millions of people were suddenly reading or listening to translations of the tablets. Professor Zamin became an elusive favorite of the press, always cutting a dashing figure in his fedora, sunglasses, and dark beard.”

“To the world's religious leaders, he was both a blessing and a curse. A few of the more open minded of them were excited by the discoveries. To them the Great Puzzle was an opportunity to share with everyone the best parts of their religion. Passionate debates began over which religious practices brought the most comfort and goodness to people's lives. But the idea at the heart of the Great Puzzle was a direct challenge to the belief that defines most religions: that their truth is the only one and all that you will ever need. What sacrilege! Most wanted it suppressed and the inscriptions discredited as fakes. The damage, however, was already done. Everyday, the idea of the Great Puzzle gained more exposure.”

“Still, the question of the inscriptions' authenticity remained. The writing on the tablets represented the first ancient language ever to be found spread across three continents, and there was absolutely no information about who might have developed this language. What's more, their verification had been exclusively the work of Professor Zamin, and although he was considered to be a premier authority in the area of archaeology, there were some who felt that such important work should not be left to one man. Religious organizations were pressing all of the governments involved for a chance to let their own team study the inscriptions. Professor Zamin offered to let anyone study the tablets in his presence, but he was afraid that religious fanatics might try to destroy them. And so he refused to release them despite orders to do so from the University.”

“Finally, as pressure continued to mount, Professor Zamin made an announcement. A conference on mythology was already scheduled in London for the next month, and the Professor told reporters that not only would he be speaking at the conference, but that he would be presenting a new discovery that would settle once and for all any questions of the tablets' authenticity.”

Charles leaned back in his chair and ran his hand over his beard.

“That is why I came to London, and that is why you should come to the conference this afternoon.”

My mind was still trying to process all that he had said. I took another sip of my tea.

“Phillip, you said that you wanted to help unite people. Language is not enough – a new myth is needed for out time. Come to the conference and hear this proof. It may turn out to be the very thing that you are searching for.”

In the distance, a clock chimed the half hour. Charles reached into his bag and pulled out a folded sheet of paper.

“This is the agenda for the conference. Thank you for the seat and the conversation. I must go.”

“What about your friend?” I asked.

“If he has not arrived by now, then I don’t think that he is coming.” Charles stood up, lifted his bag, and pushed in his chair.

I held out my hand, and he shook it.

“Thank you, Charles, for the story and for the invitation. Maybe I will see you at the conference.”

“Perhaps…” And with that, he walked out into the street.

This part of town was quiet in the morning, so Charles had the street to himself. When he reached the cross street, he turned right and disappeared from my sight. At the same time, a man walked into view from the left and paused. He seemed to be watching Charles’s progress ahead of him. He took his cigarette and tossed it to the ground. Then he hoisted a bag over his shoulder and hurried across the street in the direction that Charles had gone.

“Ah,” I said to myself. “Your friend has finally caught up with you.”

I thought about all that Charles had said. Could this new mythology really unite people from different cultures and religions? And had I really missed so much in the last few years? Despite what I had said to Charles, I had actually looked at a newspaper once after I left Mexico, but everything had seemed so different. The unfamiliarity of the world had been overwhelming, so I had thrown it aside and not read another paper since. Now I wondered if I had missed something that would have changed everything for me.

I glanced down at the pamphlet. There was a tight, excited feeling inside me now. Carefully, I counted out some money and placed it under the tea cup. Then I grabbed the pamphlet and headed for the University.



*****

I got to the auditorium early to try and get a good seat, but the place was already packed. I had never seen so many people at an academic conference in my life. The room was filled with the buzz of excited conversations.

I grabbed a seat about a quarter of the way from the back and studied my pamphlet. Each event had a brief description of the topic along with a picture of the speaker or panel host. I read through the intro for this lecture, and then I studied the picture. It was of a man in his forties wearing a fedora and sunglasses and with a curly black beard. Somehow, he looked familiar. I peered closer at the small image, and then my eyes widened in recognition. I glanced at the tiny print below the picture.

Professor C. Zamin

The C. must stand for Charles.

BOOM!

Something shook the doors of the auditorium. The windows rattled in their panes, and I felt a vibration in the floor. For a moment there was dead silence. Then the room burst into chaos. Everyone began scrambling for the doors at once. I flinched as sirens began to sound in the distance. There was shouting from outside.

"A bomb! A bomb!"

"Professor Zamin…they've killed Professor Zamin!"

posted by D @ 3:06 PM |

:::[Announcements]:::

Sorry for the delay in posting. We have been dealing with some medical problems recently, so I haven't had as much time to write.

However, I am pleased to announce that there is now a Brief Glimpses of Somewhere Else Podcast!
Check out the show and you'll hear me reading original fiction from this site, learn a Japanese word of the day, and I'll talk about whatever cool stuff I've read, watched or learned recently.

If you want to let me know what you think about the show you can leave comments or you can email me at: briefglimpses@gmail.com

Also, I am working on a new story that I will probably post in 2 to 3 installments. So hang in there - more fiction is on the way!

-D

posted by D @ 2:55 PM |

Monday, July 04, 2005

:::Story Time:::

It was a quarter to midnight when the man with the life or death look on his face came into the bar. I was the first to notice him, walking towards us with purpose in his step and a yellowed newspaper clipping in his hand.

“You’re them,” he said, his hand shaking.

Billy looked at me and rolled his eyes, but underneath that he was smiling a little.

“Are you here for the convention?” asked Joe. He was always the most polite to fans.

The man hesitated, and then surprised us by pulling a chair out from the next table over and sitting down. I wondered if he was going to be one of those really obnoxious readers that want to tell you everything they think is wrong with your books.

“No. I was looking for you five specifically,” he said, that look of weary purpose still on his face.

“Us?” I asked.

He reached out and set the old newspaper clipping on the table in front of me. I moved my beer to the side and peered at it. It was a picture of the five us, holding our pint glasses up and looking at the camera. The caption read: “The five best writers in science fiction enjoy a few beers together after a long day of panels and book signings.”

Billy reached over and pulled the newspaper clipping his way.

“Hey, this is us.” He peered at the picture, his eyes darting up towards each of us in turn then back to the clipping.

“This is us tonight.” He raised his eyebrows and passed it to Robin. She picked up her glasses and shoved them on before examining it.

“The date on this is tomorrow,” she said, “but the paper feels really old.”

I laughed.

“A newspaper clipping from the future saying we’re the five best writers in scifi? This is why I love this genre. The fans are so creative!” I said, pointing at the man. I expected him to smile, but he just looked really tense.

“Cool. So where did you get this? Did you make it?” Zoe asked, giving him one her charm-the-fanboys smiles.

The man sighed.

“There is so much that I have to tell you in such a short time. I’m not sure where to begin.”

I looked around the table. Everyone had the same hesitant, confused look that I figured I had. But before we could say anything, he doubled over, coughing heavily into a handkerchief in his hand. Billy slid a glass of water towards him.

“You all right, man?” he said once the man had stopped coughing. He nodded at Billy.

“As you can see, I have very little time – minutes in fact. But there is a story I must tell you. It is why I have come. If you will listen to my story, then I promise that I will not trouble you for long.”

“Okay,” said Joe, “but if you’ve written a story I would suggest that you try taking it to one of the writer’s workshops tomorrow.”

“It is not a story that I have written, but one that I hope one of you will write. I would try to do so myself, except, I am…not long for this world.”

Everyone looked uncomfortable. The other side of the coin about this genre is that sometimes the fans don’t know when they’re going too far. Oh well. Maybe once he told us his story idea, he would leave.

“Okay,” I said. “We’re listening.”

The man took a big breath and started talking.

“The second civil war was started as a cold war. The seeds of it went all the way back to the beginning of the new millennium. The US spent years fighting in the Middle East and central Asia, making little headway and loosing solders and credibility. At the same time, China became the new beacon of innovation. Students from other countries, fed up with being denied visas into the increasingly paranoid US, began flocking to China’s universities to study. Companies moved their facilities there and to countries like India and Ireland. Slowly, importance on the global stage shifted away from America as it had from Britain at the end of the nineteenth century.

“The changes seemed inevitable to some. History was full of examples just like it – nations that had caused their own decline by the choices they had made. To a student of the past, this type of shift in power was entirely natural.”

“There were many, however, who did not share that view–”

He broke off in another fit of coughing. When he stopped his face was ghost white.

“Maybe you should–”

He cut me off with a wave.

“There were many,” he continued, “that felt that it was almost treason to even suggest that the world’s greatest democracy was not destined to triumph over all. Were Americans not God’s chosen people? Were democracy, freedom, and the American capitalist spirit not the greatest forces to have shaped a nation on this earth? Of course – it was obvious that they were, but why then were America’s enemies gaining so much power at her expense?”

“Once they had started to think this way, the answer became obvious. If the system was perfect then it must be the people who are broken. A call to arms began to sound out on certain political forums. The message went like this: not only do we have enemies across the seas, but we have them here as well. They must not want America to prevail, otherwise why would they protest? Why would they dissent? Why would they weaken America in its time of greatest trial? These people were destroying America from within, and they had to be identified and stopped.”

“It was a viewpoint that grew quickly and quietly, spreading like a cancer. It started with the obvious. Laws were passed with patriotic rhetoric and pressure from various lobbies granting more and more power to the domestic antiterrorist intelligence branches. The so-called Patriots used these groups to develop lists of names of anyone who questioned the government’s policies. Unknown to most, these lists were compiled in a database. Corporate and government agencies were encouraged to query that database whether they were running a credit check for a loan or a background check for a government job. The Patriots felt that the less power of any sort, even economic power that the dissenters had, the better it would be for America. They hoped to eventually reduce their enemies to the same level of powerlessness as the poor that filled the countries ever-expanding prison system.”

“About this time, some memos were leaked anonymously to a reporter for the Times. They were called the Patriot Memos because they were addressed to ‘Patriot 132,’ and they both mentioned the database and discussed a plan to ‘isolate and disenfranchise the traitors hiding amongst us.’ The Times got three anonymous sources to confirm the authenticity of the memos, so they went to press with them. There was a public outcry, but the government denied everything. A senate investigative panel was formed to look into the allegations, but by the time they did, the Time’s three anonymous sources had all disappeared. The paper was forced to print a retraction of the story, and the reporter was actually prosecuted by the Justice Department.”

“Although nothing had been proven, rumors still circulated on websites and questions remained on the editorial pages of newspapers. Then, a few months later, two graduate students from MIT announced that while doing research for their joint thesis on the relationship between the rise in personal information stored by credit card companies and the growth of online identity theft, they had found the database mentioned in the Patriot Memos. They even posted information on the web about what they had found. It lasted for almost six hours before the entire MIT server system was taken offline by the FBI. They told the press that the two students in question were under investigation for a security breach into a classified government server that contained highly sensitive information about suspected terrorists. They were taken into custody, their research was confiscated, and all traces were removed from the MIT computer system before it was put back online.”

“At their trial, the prosecutor invoked a special legal privilege used by the Air Force in 1952 that allowed the government to avoid showing evidence to the court if it claimed that evidence was too sensitive even for the judge to see. In the case of the two students, as in the 1952 case, the members of the court were instructed to take the prosecutor’s word as to the exact nature of the evidence that tied the alleged computer hacker crime to the two students. They were found guilty and sent to prison.”

“By this time, people were beginning to catch on. There were a lot of people who had visited the MIT website before it was shut down, and they spread the word about what they had seen. And when those websites began to be shutdown by various law enforcement and intelligence agencies, each for a different reason, it only fueled the growing understanding that a new cold war had begun.”

The man paused in his story, overcome with another coughing fit. No one said anything. We just waited for him to continue, caught up in the story despite ourselves.

“After that things just kept escalating. The Patriots flooded television with fake news reports filmed in their own studios that were designed to cast doubt on the morality and honesty of anyone who spoke out in opposition to the US’s policies abroad or at home. Grassroots organizations were formed by Patriot loyalists to raise more money and spread their ideas of a unified America made strong again. Churches began preaching of the righteousness of those who fought to ferret out traitors, encouraging their congregations to look around and take careful note of who was there next to them and who was not. ”

“On the opposite side, people who had been listed in the government’s database banded together. Since the banks would not give them loans, they gave each other credit, trading their services and whatever goods they could make. When they were turned down for jobs, they started their own businesses, using the anonymity of the internet to avoid discrimination. They created websites, podcasts, and vidcasts to share whatever they had learned. As computer skills became essential to their survival, many of them became hackers. Computer viruses began to circulate that filled any screen connected to the net with virtual pamphlets – counterarguments to fake news reports. Slowly, they developed into exactly the type of underground organization that the Patriots had been accusing them of being for years.”

“What finally ignited the situation into a visible conflict was a daring hack by someone calling herself America’s Conscience. She broke into an intelligence computer network hidden on servers that resided on a system of satellites and downloaded a video recording of American agents torturing a Chinese businessman who had gone missing a few weeks prior. He was the lead technology developer for a company that was rumored to have made a huge stride towards wormhole technology, the ability to send matter directly from one point to another without passing through the space between. In the video, a man in a lab coat was brought into the room, and he questioned the developer calmly on several technical details. After he left, the agents accused the man of plotting to send a bomb through a wormhole straight into Washington. The developer denied it, but they tortured him until he told them what they wanted to hear.”

“When the hacker, America’s Conscience, saw the video, she sent a copy of the file to a Chinese vidcast station and another copy to the UN. In less than twenty four hours from that point, everything was turned upside down. Hardliner Patriots in Congress forced the passage of a special powers bill that gave law enforcement and intelligence units the right to arrest dissenters suspected of endangering national security and hold them indefinitely without trial, bail, or even legal counsel. Police went door to door pulling anyone on their lists out into the street and shoving them into unmarked vans.”

“At the same time, the American embassy in China was overrun by a mob of angry Chinese citizens who had seen the leaked video. The ambassador and his staff were taken hostage, while the Chinese military stood by idly watching and only occasionally asking the mob to disband.”

“By this time, a riot had broken out on a university campus in Austin, Texas where over two dozen professors had been pulled from their classrooms. A group of several thousand students surrounded the vans, blocking their escape until a squadron of remote controlled battle helicopters arrived and opened fire on them. Most of the students were slaughtered, but the survivors sent out images of the massacre onto the net along with cries for help. In response, an emergency session of the UN Security Council was called, and a decision was reached…a decision to send troops into the United States of America to restore order and prevent another human rights atrocity.”

Tears were in the man’s eyes when he stopped speaking, but they did not fall. He looked at a spot on the floor for a long time before he spoke again. It didn’t matter if it was an act, I realized, because he was living in the events that he was describing right now.

“That is my story. That is the one that you must write.”

I looked around the table. Billy took a big swig from his beer. Joe was frowning which I knew meant that he was thinking, and Robin and Zoe were giving each other some sort of look that I couldn’t interpret.

“It’s a good story,” said Robin. “You should write it.”

“I told you that I can’t.”

“Why not?” Zoe asked.

Robin leaned forward. “There something you’re not telling us, isn’t there? You left something out of the story.”

I had no clue where they had gotten that idea, but they must have been smarter than me, because the guy sighed and started talking again.

“I was the man in the lab coat, the scientist who interviewed the kidnapped Chinese businessman. For years, I had hidden away in the research lab, intentionally not paying attention to politics. I had been working on the same problem as the Chinese company, but I had made far less progress. Then a man that worked for the government came to me. He told me that a scientist had defected to the US, and they wanted me to interview him about his research. I was overcome by excitement at the possibilities of collaborating, and I agreed. He told me everything he could remember about the project. It was amazing – ten years of research in a single hour. I had no idea that he was actually a prisoner, and I swear I didn’t know what they were doing to him.”

His nose began to bleed, and he pressed the handkerchief to it.

“That’s a great story,” I said. “You’ve even picked an interesting character for yourself, but what I want to know is why you keep saying you don’t have any time left. I mean, you don’t exactly look healthy right now, so why don’t you go to a hospital or something?”

“They could not help me.”

“Why not?” asked Billy.

“You will not believe me, but I will tell you anyway. It is part of the story, after all. My sickness is an effect of traveling through a wormhole. That is how I got here. The Chinese company had solved the problem of opening up a usable wormhole between two points in space, but only for non-organic matter. Experiments using animals had all resulted in an unpredicted side effect – cancer that spread in a matter of hours throughout the entire body. You see, that last terrible day of the story was today for me. When foreign troops began to land on US soil, I was overcome first with despair and then with guilt for the part I had played in it. Finally it occurred to me that I might still be able to do something about it. I had long felt that if a wormhole through space was possible, then opening one between points in time was possible as well. I couldn’t wait, because the lab would surely be taken over by UN troops once they reached it, so I made a few changes to the apparatus and…stepped through.”

“But why here? Why were you looking for us?” asked Joe.

The man coughed again, and when he stopped, his voice had taken on a raspy quality.

“Because you can change what happens. I read your books when I was young. Actually, I’m probably reading them right now, in the house where I grew up.”

He paused to cough.

“That is why I saved this clipping. You five and other writers like you are the ones who inspired me to become a scientist. But it’s more than that. Science fiction has the power to teach us things. Inside a story you can rewrite the past and the future. And if we can learn from the mistakes of a possible future before it happens, then maybe we can avoid it all together.”

He coughed harder.

“Maybe...ahhch...”

He slumped over in the chair, and dropped onto the floor. Billy was up in an instant. He kneeled down and touched the side of the man’s neck.

“His pulse is really weak.”

I ran over to the bar and told them to call an ambulance.

By the time it got there, he was gone.




After the ambulance had taken away the body, we slumped into our chairs at the table. The bartender brought us a round of beers on the house. We sipped them silently for a while, unsure of what to say. Zoe finally broke the silence.

“So how are we going to write it?”

“You mean you believed him?” I asked.

Joe looked up.

“Does it really matter?”

“Yeah,” said Billy. “Like, whether or not he was for real isn’t even the point, right? I mean, we got this possible future now, in our heads, and we should do something because…”

“Because we have a responsibility to help our world avoid the mistakes of the future,” said Robin.

“Yeah,” said Billy.

I looked at each of them. They were my friends, and I knew them well enough to read the determination written on their faces. And despite the serious events of the evening, I felt myself beginning to smile.

“Did I ever tell you guys why I really liked this genre so much?”

But before they could answer me, a voice interrupted us.

“Excuse me. I’m with newspaper here in town, and we’re doing a story on the convention. Would you mind if I took your picture?”

posted by D @ 6:50 PM |

Tuesday, June 14, 2005

:::Late Shift at the Soul Eater:::

At five minutes to ten I rode my Vespa into the dark parking lot of the Soul Eater – a massive, granite, hulking, fortress of a building where I worked as a security guard. The actual name on the building was Harvester Investments Company, but for me it was the Soul Eater – a place where I traded away half of my waking day in return for barely enough money to cover rent and food.

I switched off the ignition and hurried inside with my helmet still on, sighing in relief when the heavy glass door closed behind me. I had beaten the storm after all. The weather report on the internet had predicted a heavy down pour for tonight.

Inside, Mike, my good friend and one third of the HIC’s security force along with myself and Dawn who had the shift after me, was waiting with his backpack on his shoulders.

“Hey,” I said.

“Hey. Do me a favor and log in a minute early. I’m trying to get to the bus stop before it starts raining.” He peered over my shoulder and through the glass at the dark sky I had just escaped, his mouth pressing into a flat line like it always did when he was serious.

“No problem.” I slid my ID into the computer’s card reader and typed in my password.

“Anything happen this afternoon?”

“The zombies come in, the zombies go out – the usual. You should have seen this one guy this afternoon. I told him to have a nice day, and he just stared at me like a fish looking out from an aquarium – not saying anything, just blinking slowly. Somebody clapped him on the back and he started walking again. It was a total Night of the Living Dead moment.”

“Weird,” I said.

“Yeah, that was the only thing except for when I had to let some guys onto the roof to set up some equipment.”

“What kind of equipment?” I asked.

“Something for monitoring the storm, I think. Anyway, I’m gonna run.”

I gave him a casual high five, and he jogged out through the door and down the steps.

*****

“Hi, my name is Lucas, and I’m a security guard,” I said, checking my reflection in the polished granite blocks that made up the corners where two hallways intersected. I was just over six feet tall with curly brown hair that I kept short to avoid a fro. The uniform was navy blue, and it pulled a bit at my shoulders which had always looked a bit too broad for my lanky frame.

I’m not really a security guard, I told myself. It’s just a temporary job until I figure out what the hell I want to do. Except, it was going on a year now, and I still hadn‘t figured it out. I’d gone to college and graduated with a degree in history, and now I was facing the consequences of that decision. Don’t get me wrong – I liked studying history. It’s just that I couldn’t think of a single job that I actually wanted to do that required it. Hell, I couldn’t think of a single job period, unless you counted things like comic book artist or film maker, both of which required talent that I didn’t have.

I straightened my shirt a little and rested my right hand on the cell phone at my hip like it was a six-gun. My eyes narrowed as I stared at my reflection, waiting for the mirror-me to make a move.

In truth, even the semi-mythical job of comic book artist would just be settling for something – although a really cool something. What I wanted was to be in a comic book…or a movie or a novel. It just needed to be someplace more interesting than the real world – a place with mystery and excitement and heroes.

The real world didn’t seem to need those, or at least not the part of it where I lived. Here they only wanted workers – producers of economic value – zombies, as Mike and I called them.

Outside, the storm announced its arrival with a thunderclap. I heard it as a muffled boom that made me think of a movie where everyone is underground while the city above them is being bombed. There was a little flash of light as I passed an open office with a window followed by another muffled boom.

It went on like that for the next half an hour. Every other minute there would be a boom and possibly a flash. The only change in the rough rhythm of the storm was that after the first few thunderclaps, they seemed to be getting louder.

I kept walking. That’s what security guards do here at HIC. Each time you enter a new room you have to scan your ID badge, which leaves a nice little record for management to check up on you with. Keep walking. Be alert. Call someone the second you see anything suspicious.

They didn’t actually give you a gun – just a cell phone. If there was a problem, call someone. Do not under any circumstances put yourself into a dangerous situation. Your job is to call the proper authority and provide them with the necessary information. If a security employee places himself in physical danger it will be considered insubordination, possible justification for dismissal, and any injuries you sustain will not be covered by insurance.

Ka-BOOM-Boom-boom

The flash of light and the sound of the thunder came right on top of each other. I thought for a second that I felt a vibration run through the floor. Could lightning have actually struck the building? I didn’t remember any metal antennas on the roof, but Mike had said something about storm monitoring equipment being installed. If that had been struck by lightning would the equipment still be okay? I headed in the direction of the north west stairwell. It would be just like the zombies to install something to record storm data but not protect it from lightning strikes.

When I got to the stairs, I saw cables running down from the roof. They were perfectly laid out in parallel, bending around the corner and into the second floor hallway.

I stuck my head into the corridor to see where they went. Two doors down, they ran underneath a closed door. I peered at the spot. The lighting was kept dim at night in the Soul Eater, but there was still enough for me to see without using a flashlight. In the dimness I thought I saw green light coming from under the door. I walked over for a closer look.

“Huh,” I said. The light was a glowing mixture of green and yellow. It was probably some sort of readout on whatever the cables were connected to. Green usually meant good, so maybe the storm equipment was fine afterall.

I started to turn away but stopped when movement caught my eye. A shadow had broken up the light at the bottom of the door. I went completely still, listening for the sound of someone moving, but all I heard was the hum of the building’s lights and air systems. I breathed out slowly. The shadow moved again, gone as suddenly as it had come. Still I heard no sound.

I should check this out, I thought. My hand touched the phone at my hip. No, don’t call yet, I told myself. It’s just going to be something with the equipment. Life is like that. The world of mystery and adventure exists only in my head. Strange movement and funny lights were always just the wind and a reflection or the computer’s screen saver coming on or a passing car.

I swiped my ID card and swung the door open.

Glowsticks. The green-yellow light that filled the room was coming from four of those chemical lights that glow when you snap them. It was plenty of illumination to see the tall woman in the grey cloak whirl around to stare at me.

Her skin was dark black, and her face was thin. She wore her hair back in numerous braids, and there was a metal choker covering her throat.

Her eyes narrowed. My eyes widened. Neither of us moved. I risked a glance downward. At waist level she held a katana, the Japanese long sword, with her left hand on the scabbard and her right on the hilt. The blade was extended about an inch, shiny and green in the light. Behind her, the glowsticks were clustered around some sort of circular diagram on the floor to the right of a bunch of black aluminum cases that the cables from the roof ran to.

I jerked my eyes back up to her face. She stood very still. In my head the phrase “I should have called someone” was on a perpetual loop. Five long seconds passed with no movement or sound except the Soul Eater’s constant hum.

“Hi, my name is Lucas, and, uh, I’m the security guard.”

I tried to grin but I think my eyes were still wide open, so I probably just looked like a maniac. She raised her left eyebrow at me.

“Is this your handiwork?” she asked.

“What do you mean?”

“Did you do this?” she said, motioning with her head towards the diagram.

“Uh, ma'am, I was under the impression that, uh, you did.”

I tried not to look threatening. This is crazy, I told myself. And I should have just called someone.

“It’s yang to my yin. I’m here to stop it.”

“Stop what?”

“You don’t want to know.”

Ka-BOOM-Boom

I jumped at the thunder. She didn’t move.

“Leave, and don’t come back in here,” she said.

Great, I thought. She’s given me an out. All I need to do is to get on the other side of a door from this lady, and then I can call someone like I was supposed to. Except leaving right then didn’t feel right. I wasn’t sure why, but there was an anxious feeling in my stomach at the thought of walking out.

“If you tell me what’s wrong, maybe I can help you,” I said instead.

“Alright,” she said, the left side of her mouth dimpling in a way that said I’ll show you, but you won’t like it. “When the lightning strikes the top of this building, a gate is going to open between here and another world. Something is going to be pulled through. It is called a summoning. Whoever set up this equipment and drew this diagram thinks they will call up a demon. They have obviously been reading a bunch of musty, old tomes written by ignorant wizards and priests. All they will really get is some poor soul from another world. Because the spell isn’t very good, they have to force a ton of energy into it to make it work. It’s so much that it’s going to fry the mind of whoever gets brought through the gate. All that it will remember is whatever meaning your bosses wrote into the summoning.” She glanced at the diagram on the floor. “In this case it’s a bunch of crap about power that’s taken from the blood of the weak. It might just be a metaphor, but I don’t think whatever is coming through will get that distinction.”

Wow. That was one crazy story. She seemed calm, though. Maybe I could still reason with her.

“If that was true then wouldn’t whoever set all this up be here to watch it happen? I mean I have absolutely no reason to believe any of that, but if I was in a movie or something, and I had set up this summoning then I think I would be here to watch it.”

She pointed at the ceiling over my right shoulder. I turned and looked. A security camera had been installed there – one that wasn’t on my monitors at the security office. There was something attached to it as well. It was a small black box with thin cables running to the back of the camera.

“The person who did this doesn’t know how long it will be before lightening strikes or even if it will, so they set up this camera. They can wait until they see something to come up here because whatever gets pulled through will be trapped inside the circle as long as nothing from the outside breaks it. If lightning strikes and the summoning works they’ll see it on the monitor and have plenty of time to get here. Except I looped the feed to play an image of the empty room over and over again.”

She stuck out her chin. The movement made the metal choker she wore glint in the green-yellow glow.

“So either I’m a crazy intruder with a sword, or I’m here to stop a quote demonic summoning end quote. Either way you are not going to stop me.”

Well my money was on crazy intruder with a sword, but I kept my mouth shut about it.

“Still want to stick around?” she asked.

BLAM-BOOM-Boom-boom

Thunder shook the building. The aluminum cases beside the diagram erupted into noisy life. Red light spilled out almost like a fluid, flowing along the lines on the floor. Sparks shot up from parts of the diagram. The lady slid her katana all the way out in a quick half spin that ended with her facing it.

Uncertainty spread through me like cracks on a windshield. Something is happening, I thought. Get out while there is still a chance. I turned and ducked out the door, trotting several feet down the hallway before stopping to turn and look back. The anxious feeling in my stomach was ten times as strong. There was a sound like glass breaking and then a WUP like a huge speaker being turned on.

I grabbed my phone and punched in the speed dial number for emergencies. Someone picked up on the first ring.

“Hello?”

“This is Lucas, the security guard. There is something happening here right now!” I quickly described the intruder and the noise and lights.

“Stay there. Someone will be there in less than two minutes.” He hung up before I could respond.

Two minutes? You’d have to be somewhere in the building to get here that quickly, I thought.

SLAM.

Something hit hard against the inside of the door. There was a sound that started like a raspy scream and ended in a roar. The walls thudded with impact noises. Then there was silence.

I stared at the door. The green-yellow of the glowsticks was still visible from underneath it. A shadow broke up the light, the door swung inward and the lady stepped out. Her sword was in its sheath again, clutched in her left hand. In her right hand she held a ring of heavy iron keys. Her clothes under the cloak were black but, in the dim light they shined faintly like they were wet.

She looked at me, and her eyes narrowed again. The keys clinked together as she tucked them under her belt.

“Are you still here?”

“What happened?”

“Take a look for yourself.”

She stepped to the far side of the hallway. We watched each other as I walked past, and then I ducked into the room, propping open the door with its kick-stop behind me.

The aluminum cases were dark and quiet, the red light gone. In the glow from the chemical lights I could see a body crumpled on the floor. I rushed over to it. It was tall and wrapped in embroidered red cloth that was ripped and frayed at the edges. The body was face down, but its left arm was sticking out at an odd angle. I stared at it. It was brick red with a row of blue-tipped bones sticking out like spikes along one side.

I just stood there, absorbing the crazy life-like detail of it. There was some sort of bracelet made with blue and purple thread tied around its wrist. A clear fluid was forming a puddle underneath it. A little steam rose up from it, and the air smelt sour.

This was crazy.

I looked around the room. There were no other entrances and no furniture except some metal chairs in a stack in one corner. How had anything gotten in here? If this was some sort of fake monster from a special effects shop, how could she have hidden it before?

From out in the hall I heard a door slamming open and the sound of people walking. The cavalry is here, I thought, but the anxious feeling inside me didn’t go away.

I stepped out into the hall. The woman in the grey cloak was standing with her back to me, her sword drawn and held out in front of her with both hands. Just inside the doorway from the stairwell Arthur Evans, the owner of Harvester Investments Co. was standing in front of a group of five men with pale complexions and vacant expressions. All of them were wearing suits, but the one Mr. Evans was wearing looked more expensive.

“You’re an interesting one. What’s your name?” Mr. Evans said. The woman said nothing, only thrusting her chin out a little more.

“Fine,” he said. “Take her.” This time his voice was loud and commanding. The men with him began walking down the hall, their faces still without expression.

I watched from where I was frozen in shock at the strangeness of this all. An uncomfortable tingling in my bladder joined the feeling in my stomach.

When the first man got within a few feet of her, the lady stepped forward and sliced cleanly down from his chest to his stomach. A foul stink filled the air but no blood fell, and the man only halted a few seconds before continuing forward.

The woman saw this and, for a moment, worry lines creased her brow. Then she leaped forward again and planted a solid side kick that sent him falling backwards into the men behind him. They slowly picked themselves up and started forward again.

I was still staring at the gash the man in front had received. He should be bleeding, I thought. None of this makes any sense. Why hadn’t they just called the police? What should I do? Help those men? Help her? I glanced at Mr. Evans, but he was just standing there, a determined frown on his face.

BLAM-BOOM-Boom-boom

I turned and looked back into the glowing room. Noises erupted from the aluminum cases. Red lights flowed out along the diagram lines. Sparks jumped into the air. In the hallway, Evans grinned below narrowed eyes. The lady turned back towards me for only a moment, but it was enough for me to see the look of horror on her face.

What if this is all real, I thought. What if this is exactly as it seems?

There was a sound like glass breaking and then a WUP like a giant speaker being turned on. When I looked back into the room there was a wavy distorted quality to the green-yellow light above the diagram.

If something really does come through, it will be trapped inside the circular part of that diagram, I thought. Unless it is broken from the outside... I looked down at the body, so tall that its legs lay right across the ring of the diagram.

“Oh no,” I said.

And then a figure was there in the middle of the wavy green-yellow light. Its skin was red and a line of blue-tipped bones ran along the edge of each arm and down the center of its wedge-shaped head. It let out a raspy scream and pressed a hand against each temple, squeezing its eyes shut.

From the hallway I heard the lady yell out. The creature opened its eyes and growled.

Run, a part of me screamed. You are not a part of this. Get out while you still have a chance to. But suddenly I understood why I hadn’t wanted to leave the woman earlier, why it had felt wrong.

Heroes didn’t run from problems – they faced them.

The person from another world, its mind driven insane by the power of the crude spell, took a step towards the door of the room, and its growl became a roar.

I thought my world didn’t want heroes, but maybe it was just waiting for someone to start acting like one.

I ran back into the room and grabbed one of the metal chairs from the stack.

But you’re not a hero, that inner voice yelled. You don’t know who or what you are supposed to be!

Or maybe I did.

“Hi, my name is Lucas…”

WAM

I slammed the chair into its face.

“And I’m…”

WAM

“…the…”

WAM

“…security…”

WAM

“…guard!”

WAM

With each blow I drove the creature backward. It dropped to its knees, but still I pounded it with the chair. My arms began to ache. The chair deformed as it slammed into the bony ridge on its forehead.

I took a step, and my foot slipped on the puddle of clear fluid. I fell on my back, hard, and dropped the chair. The creature shook its head then reared up over me. I lifted my arms up to protect my face. And then suddenly a sword blade sliced through the air above me and took off the creature’s head. It collapsed on its side, clear fluid spraying everywhere. I wiped it from my eyes and looked up. The lady stood over me, a smile on her face. It was the first smile I had seen her make.

*****

Later that morning I sat in a diner not far from the Soul Eater. Dina, the woman who had saved me, sat across from me, her sword bundled up in the grey cloak and on the seat beside her.

We had just gotten our coffees when I started to ask questions.

“I saw you slice open that man, but he just kept coming for you. He didn’t even bleed,” I said, taking a sip of coffee.

“He wasn’t alive anymore. He was just an animated corpse.”

“Uhhg!” I choked on my coffee.

“What’s wrong?” she asked.

“You mean those men were zombies?”

“Essentially, yes.”

“I can’t believe it. Mike and Dawn, the other security guards that I called to tell not to come into work – the three of us called the people who work there zombies because they seemed so soulless and un-alive.”

“You weren’t wrong,” she said, “at least about five of them. And there might be more there.”

“How did you stop them?”

“I cut their legs out from under them. Then I went in to help you. When we came back out, Evans was gone and the corpses had stopped moving. I think he split when he realized the odds weren’t in his favor. Whatever force he was using to animate them left when he did.”

“So who are you? How did you get involved with all of this?”

“I’m part of a group called the Guardians. We specialize in this kind of thing. It is our calling.”

“Your calling, huh?” I sipped coffee while I thought about that.

“You know what?” I said. “I just realized that this means I’m out of a job. I can’t go back there. Hell, I can’t even use it as a reference.”

“It probably won’t be safe for you to go back to your apartment,” she said, sitting up straight again.

“Great! No job and no home.” I rubbed my tired eyes.

“There might be a place for you – with us.”

I looked up.

“But I don’t know what you know, and I can’t fight the way you do. I’m not really qualified.”

“You handled yourself with the summoning.”

“Not really. I would have been killed if you hadn’t stepped in.”

“Perhaps. But it felt right, didn’t it?”

“Yeah, it did.”

She reached into her bundled cloak and pulled out the ring of keys I had seen her with before.

“These keys are the mark of a Guardian,” she said. “They have power tied to them – enchantment. They push normal people away, subtly, so that they don’t notice us. Yet you found me sneaking around a closed room in a dark hallway.”

“What does that mean?” I asked.

“I am not sure, but it might mean that the keys recognized something in you – a kindred spirit. Come with me, and maybe we will find out.”

I scratched my chin, trying to look calm while inside I felt excited and amazed and scared all at once.

“Do you get paid?” I asked.

“Barely enough to cover rent and food.”

“Any benefits?”

“Free cloak,” she said, straight-faced.

I turned and looked at my tired reflection in the window.

“Hi, my name is Lucas, and I’m a Guardian. That’s kind of like a security guard.”

posted by D @ 7:06 PM |

Tuesday, May 24, 2005

:::[The next two weeks...]:::

On Friday I will be departing for my wedding and honeymoon! I'm very excited, but I'm not sure what my posting schedule will be like during the next two and a half weeks. If possible, I will try to dust off an older story that I think you might enjoy and post that. Cheers!

posted by D @ 6:42 PM |

:::[About The Man of Adventure]:::

This is an older piece that I thought I would share with you. I wrote this about six months after I had returned from a study abroad trip to China. It's really intended to be an introduction into either a longer piece or a series of stories. Perhaps I will post more of Timothy's adventures in the future, if you are interested.

posted by D @ 6:33 PM |

:::The Man of Adventure:::

Timothy Heathcliff Edwards stared forward through the grey morning air of Beijing. He felt that he was on the verge of some truly monumental and important realization. This was not a new feeling for Tim by any means, but always in the past, moments like this had been interrupted by...no, he did not want to think about that. Surely things would be different here. He must concentrate on the moment. He tried to relax and let his thoughts free flow back toward that moment of realization. He could feel something important lying there just under the surface of his conscious thoughts. Relax. Let it come. Almost there...
BANG. Someone walked headlong into him with enough force that it sent him sprawling forward onto the carpeted floor of the airport.
"Oh, I’m terribly sorry. We didn’t see you there."
Lying on the floor with his face pressed into the carpet listening to the small thunder of rolling luggage and smelling the overpowering scent of rug shampoo, he did at last have a realization: things were not going to be different.
Timothy, like so many people before him, was a victim of bell curves. It is a popularly held misconception that the shorter you are the more likely it is that someone will accidentally bump into you. New research, however, has discovered that the underlying equation is in fact a bell-shaped probability curve leaving extremely short people along with extremely tall people among the most noticed persons on the planet.
Timothy was neither very tall nor very short. In fact, Timothy was one of those unfortunate persons whose height was exactly at the center point of the curve. These people most often lead anxious, bruised lives, and Timothy was no exception.
Slowly he lifted his head up from the floor and looked to see who it was that had blundered into his personal space this time. He opened his eyes and saw a skateboard hurtling directly towards him.
Several things then happened at once. His eyes froze in shock for a microsecond before sending a frantic message to the brain which responded a microsecond later with something to the effect of: "What the hell are you talking about? There can’t possibly be a skateboard coming towards us." The eyes replied that there bloody well was a skateboard out there, and something better be done about it. The brain told the eyes that if they were so concerned about it why didn’t they do something to help the situation instead of just complaining all the time. At this point the eyes did the only thing they knew how to do in a danger situation - that is to say - they shut themselves as fast as they could.
"Um...are you all right?"
Tim opened his eyes again. The skateboard was stopped two inches from his face. Standing with one foot on the skateboard and one foot planted firmly on the floor was a Japanese girl of about his own age. He knew that she was Japanese because of the child-sized black T-shirt she was wearing that read "100% Nihonjin" and, in slightly smaller letters, "That’s Japanese, Baby!" across it in glitter. Her hair was long and black except for the tips, which had been dyed red in an inch-long band all the way around. She had a petite frame and a huge smile that stretched from ear to ear.
What happened next was a process so complex that many scientists believe it to be impossible to describe using purely scientific terms. All we can really say is that there was a massive firing of neurons within Timothy’s brain at the same time that his heart began to pound with a slow intensity it normally reserved for near-death experiences and performances by his favorite band, Slippery Nomenclature.
[It is interesting to note that at this exact moment an astronomer in New Mexico named Jonathan Winters reported that he actually saw two stars cross themselves and mouth the words "God help us," before returning to their normal activities as the centers of solar systems. Not surprisingly, this observation failed to make international news, and this was due both to the unbelievable nature of the report itself and to the fact that its originator was known by many as Johnny "Pour Me Another One" Winters.]
All Timothy knew was that the noise of the rolling luggage and the smell of carpet fumes had disappeared along with every thing in sight except her smile...which slowly turned into a look of puzzlement as he continued to stare at her with is mouth hanging open.
"Um, hello? Konnichi wa? Ni hao? Bon Jour?"
"Oh, uh, hello," he said shaking his head to clear it. [No one is quite sure why we do this, or whether it began before or after the invention of the etch-a-sketch.]
"I saw that family knock you over with their luggage. They just walked right into you. It’s like they didn’t even see you. Are you okay?"
"Don’t worry, it happens to me all the time," he said.
"Well that’s a strange thing to say," she said, giving him an odd look.
"What do you mean?"
"Well, if that sort of thing happened to me all the time, I’d worry. Is it nice there on the floor?"
"Oh, uh, well its-"
"I only ask," she continued, "because you’ve been there for a fairly long time, and I think the security people are starting to get nervous." He followed her glance a little way off where two bulky looking Chinese men in green and red military uniforms were carefully watching him. He grinned weakly at them, but their expressions only grew more stern.
Dropping his gaze, he rolled slowly upward to a standing position. It was a coolly graceful move that hinted at a hidden physical prowess, or so he hoped. In fact, Timothy looked less like a deadly Kung Fu master and more like someone with lower back problems.
"I can fix that for you - I studied Shiatsu massage once."
"What?" he said.
"Oh, never mind. So where are you headed?" she asked, popping her skateboard up into her hand with a practiced foot movement.
"I’m going to Beijing Foreign Language School to study Chinese."
"Really?" she said, devastating Timothy with another one of her smiles. "That’s where I’m headed as well! My name is Keiko. Nice to meet you."
"Watashi no namae wa Timothy desu." My name is Timothy, he said in Japanese.
"Impressive, who else can you do?"
"Uh...did you mean to say ‘what’ or what?"
"What?"
"That’s what I thought. Well, I can say hello in over twenty languages, but I can only really get around in about three," he said, and, for the first time, a look of easy confidence settled on his face. Keiko’s smile grew warmer.
At that moment, the parts of Timothy’s mind not occupied with staring at Keiko (a fraction so small, it might as well be zero) heard a sound that called up images of stampedes in old John Wayne movies.
"Hello? Are you with S.E.I.?" called a voice. Approaching from the direction they were headed, was a tiny Chinese woman waving a big protest era sign that read, "Student Exchange International!" Behind her marched another woman with a clipboard and a snaking line of tired students pulling a great chain of precariously balanced rolling luggage.
"Yes, we both are," shouted back Keiko. The woman’s face lit up with relief. She stopped suddenly and spun around to speak with her assistant. Stylish black hair bobbed up and down, as the two conferred. The assistant pulled out two sheets of paper with photos attached to them from a stack on her clipboard. Behind her, many of the students had already turned their luggage into makeshift recliners. She glanced at them, then turned around anxiously.
"Please hurry, we are all very tired."
Keiko and Timothy each signed a sheet on the clipboard, picked up an information packet, and joined the chain of sleeping students and stampeding luggage.
"You two were the last on our list. We feared you might be lost," said the assistant, a slightly younger looking Chinese woman. She wore thick glasses that made her eyes appear much larger than they were. At least, that is what Timothy hoped he was seeing. In a sudden and entirely incorrect flash of intuition, Timothy imagined a tragic story of a young woman with eyes that didn’t work, desperately hoping for a transplant, but because of her low social status, left waiting endlessly until one day, Igor Lee, a giant man who was the son of a Chinese mother and a Transylvania immigrant died with the organ donor box checked on his license. Did they have organ donors here in China? Timothy didn’t know, but he felt an instant sympathy for this young assistant who had obviously suffered so much for the mere gift of sight.
"My name is Teacher Lee, and this is Teacher Xiang. Please, take your place here at the head of the student body," said the woman in charge, and this last comment was enough to jar Timothy back into a state of confused immobility. Had they been nominated for some sort of organizational office? Perhaps this was how student government worked in China. Considering the government’s habit of making a quick end of anyone that had the effrontery to imply that another authority might exist besides its own, there probably wouldn’t be people lining up for the position. Was this some sort of subtle threat from their teachers? Don’t be late to classes, or you might get elected! Timothy’s stomach let out an uneasy rumble, and his face became a worried frown.
"Are you alright?" asked Keiko.
"I’ll be fine," said Timothy. "Tell me, what exactly did she mean by ‘head of the student body?’"
Keiko looked behind them at the line of other students rolling along, two abreast.
"I think it’s a weird literal translation. We’re like one of those parades at Chinese new year, when they make a big dragon with some red cloth and a lot of people. They’re the body and we’re the head."
"Oh!" said Timothy with relief. The knot in his stomach stopped tightening and settled into its more normal state of moderate discomfort. He glanced back behind them. "We don’t look much like a dragon in my opinion. More like a felled tree. Everyone is asleep, and they’re just following the feet of the person in front of them."
"You’re right," said Keiko. A devilish grin crept across her face. "Let’s see if we can wake this dragon." Reaching out, she took Timothy’s hand in her own and turned them both at a slight angle toward the wall. Four steps later, just as they were about to run into it, she turned back at a diagonal angle towards the other wall, still moving more or less in the direction that the teachers were leading them. Behind them, the students were dazedly following their exact footsteps, creating a bend in the line. Keiko continued her pattern, speeding up her steps as well to keep from falling behind their teachers. The effect was that the students now found themselves walking in a sort of undulating snake-like parade through the hallway. Some of them had even started to wake up and were grinning as they swerved from wall to wall. Around them, people were staring. Wives tapped their husbands on the shoulder and pointed at the line of foreigners moving snake-like through the airport.
"See how they stare at us, Teacher Xiang?" said Teacher Lee. "People far and wide have heard of the honor and pride of the Beijing Foreign Language School. Our diligence and sacrifice are finally bringing us the respect we deserve!" The two teachers hoisted their school banners a little higher as they walked out through the automatic doors and into daylight.

posted by D @ 6:28 PM |

Wednesday, May 18, 2005

:::[About Reality Hackers]:::

The contemporary fantasy or urban fantasy genre is one that I greatly enjoy reading. In most of these stories, magic is something that has always existed in secret alongside society or (as in some RPGs) has recently returned after being gone from the world. I wanted to play with the idea of magic that is not old but new. Instead of finding power in ancient secrets, what if magic became possible through technological and scientific discoveries. Who would be the people on the cutting edge? What would we turn to in order to provide meaning and identity for the people who develop this new magic? If there are no true ancient magical societies, would we turn to our speculative fiction for guidance? How would the government react?
Obviously, I did not find a spot to develop all of these ideas inside "Reality Hackers," so I am hoping to find a chance to bring more of them out in future stories. I've definitely got a few characters in my head that I wouldn't mind sharing with you.

Until then...

posted by D @ 7:52 AM |

Sunday, May 15, 2005

:::Reality Hackers:::

A screen focuses on a smiling young newswoman.

"As the year comes to an end, we have a report of one group of scientists who will not be watching the ball drop at Times Square tonight. At the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a team of graduate students representing five countries and a diversity of academic fields including artificial intelligence, linguistics, mythology, music, and physics are preparing an experiment to test the bizarre theory that an object can be indirectly manipulated by use of a symbolic representation."

"Whoa, Janet, I think you lost me," says another reporter.

"I think I’ve even lost myself, Ken. Let’s see if the interview done earlier today with Professor Jenkins can make this any clearer."

The screen cuts to the image of a man in his late thirties with short brown hair and a neatly trimmed brown goatee.

"The use of a symbolic language to represent an object has been going on for thousands of years - first in spoken and written languages, and then in music and math, and more recently, in computer programming. In those cases the link between the symbol and the object is one of meaning. You say the word ‘chair’ and the person listening understands that what you mean is a piece of furniture that people sit on. What’s new is that we think it is possible to establish a second link that is one of form instead of meaning. In such a system, any change that was made to the symbol would be reflected in the object itself as well. For example, let’s say that I could describe a chair with an equation. Then I add some number to the equation. Would the actual chair get bigger? If our theory proves correct, the answer would be yes."

The screen cuts back to a shot of the two news anchors looking at each other with bemused expressions on their faces.

"Maybe they can add a few numbers to my salary while they’re at it!" said Ken.

"That sounds like Voodoo economics to me," replied Janet.

Both of the anchors laugh for a second then the screen closes in on Janet’s face as it returns to an expression of cheerful professionalism.

"Now let’s check in on our colleague on the ground in Las Vegas where the celebration is just about to get under way..."

The screen cuts to a shot of a man with a microphone standing in front of a crowd.

"Hi Janet! This is Tom Aguilar reporting to you live from the strip in Las Vegas where things just keep heating up. The party scene behind me, one of many in this part of the city tonight, has gone from excited mingling to boisterous celebration as the hour of midnight and the new year have approached. We've even seen a few celeb-"

He is cut off as the screen jerks back to the newsroom where a tense looking Janet has one hand to her ear piece.

"Ladies and gentlemen this is a special report from News Seven. I have just been informed that some sort of explosion has occurred at the location of our last story, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in Boston. The blast occurred just moments ago at approximately 11:50pm eastern time. We do not yet know whether or not this was a terrorist event. I repeat, an explosion took place on the MIT campus just moments ago. We do not know what may have caused this explosion. We have a report that emergency vehicles are just now arriving on the scene. We also do not know at this time how many people may have been hurt. Certainly, we can hope that few people remained on the campus at this hour on New Year's Eve."

She pauses for half a second with her hand on her ear piece again.

"Ladies and gentlemen, a News Seven camera crew that was still in the area has arrived on the scene, and we are now going to go to them live."

The screen jumps to an image of a brick building with large sections of the outer wall completely missing. From inside the wrecked building, a group of figures becomes visible, coughing and picking their way through debris as they move towards the camera. One of them, a young woman in a white lab coat hurries towards the camera.

"Miss," says a News Seven reporter, "are you all alright? What can you tell us about what just happened here?"

"We did it," she says, then bends at the waist and coughs.

"Can you repeat that Miss? What did you do?"

"We made the chair bigger. We linked the actual chair directly to a symbolic
representation!"

"Can you tell us, did the experiment cause the explosion, Miss?"

"I'm not sure. Something went wrong. I...I saw the light bending and then the chair increased its mass right in front of us - it was so amazing - and then...and then the blast just came out of nowhere."

The camera zooms out to take in more of the ruined building. A heavy load of dust still hangs in the air all around.

"Ladies and gentlemen if you've just joined us, we are reporting to you live from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology where some sort of explosion has only just occurred about five minutes ago."

The picture is marred for a moment by a ripple of interference that runs across it.

"The police and emergency vehicles are-"

"AAAH!"

The screen cuts to a view of both reporters. Ken is holding his head in his hands, rocking back and forth.

"Ken, are you okay?"

"AAAAAAH!" he yells, raising his head towards the ceiling.

"Oh - oh my god!"

Ken's face begins to change, his skin darkening to grey, his features becoming sunken, his eyes turning a bright yellow. He opens his mouth to scream again, and his tongue is black.

"AAAAAAAAAAAH!" he yells, and suddenly the image disappears. A News Seven studio logo appears over a blue screen, and a recorded voice begins speaking.

"Ladies and gentlemen, the News Seven studios are experiencing temporary technical difficulties. We apologize for this inconvenience. Please stand by..."



Two years later to the day...

A dark haired man in an old brown leather coat over black pants and a black shirt sat at the bar, drinking a beer and reading a newspaper. He turned the page carefully, struggling for a precision of feeling with fingers incased in leather work gloves. His left hand started to lift his glass for another drink, and stopped an inch from his mouth. He frowned, his forehead creasing along deep, familiar lines.

"What's in the paper?" asked the bartender, a young woman with a long red ponytail wearing a green t-shirt and jeans. Mark looked up and saw her watching him while she polished glasses.

"There's a retrospective piece about the Jenkins trial," he said.

"Oh yeah," she said, "I should have guessed. It's hard to believe that it's been two years."

"Yeah, it feels more like forever," he said and took a long drink. She raised an eyebrow but didn't say anything. A customer walked in, and she went to take his order while Mark got back to reading the article. After a while, she came back over.

"Did you see anyone change?" she asked. "...on New Year's Eve, I mean."

He looked up, his eyes narrowed as he studied her expression.

"Yeah, I saw someone."

"What happened?" she asked.

He took a deep breath and let it out slowly. Then he tapped his finger on the article.

"It says it all right here. In that experiment at MIT they wanted to change a physical object by linking it directly to symbolic language. The experiment worked - that damned chair doubled in size, but it set off some kind of chain reaction. Random connections between meaning and form started occurring. A small number of people scattered around the world began to change physically. If they wanted to help others, maybe they started to glow with a soft light, or their features became more sculpted and pristine, but if they liked hurting people, their bodies became harder, stronger, sharper, more capable of dealing with others they way they really wanted to. The mathematicians said the only way to explain who changed and who didn't had something to do with chaos theory. It was only a small percentage of the population, but for those that did, whatever sort of meaning they had found in life became written in their flesh." He stared at the beer in his glass, watching it distort the dim light.

"That was Jenkin's version of what happened," said the girl. "If you believe the military, Jenkins was a terrorist that unleashed a new kind of bomb - one designed to rearrange things on a quantum level."

"Yeah, and if you believe the Church, he's a witch, what he did to that chair amounts to black magic, and his coming heralds the end of days," he said.

"Is that what you believe, Father?" she asked. His right hand jerked up to the empty place where his white collar used to be. He turned his head slowly in her direction. She was about five feet, six inches tall, the red in her hair looked creative rather than natural, and her left eyebrow had a thin gold loop through it. The green t-shirt she was wearing had a cartoon picture of a man with two heads and the words "Zaphod for President" printed on it. Her expression was open and curious, but not hostile.

"I'm not a priest anymore," he said and kicked back the rest of his beer in one gulp.

"I guess not," she said. "Want another one?"

"No thanks." He slid the empty glass forward, then turned and headed for the door.



Outside, the cold air moved in short gusts of wind that pushed against Mark first one way and then another, as if the city itself was breathing around him. He cut through the alley between the bar and the building next to it, heading for the bus stop on the opposite side of the block. There was a time when he would have avoided alleys, but now he just couldn't bring himself to care.

He had only a moment to recognize the sound of running steps behind him, and then someone slammed into his right shoulder, sending him sprawling into the dirty snow at his feet. He looked up and saw the back of man with dark curly hair running toward the street.

I shape appeared at the end of the alley, a giant, gorilla like shape, and the man slid to a halt and turned back towards Mark. He tried to start running again, but the huge thing was faster than him. It took two leaping strides into the alley and slammed a meaty fist into the man's back, sending him flying at an angle towards the wall. His body slammed against it, bounced off, and fell down into the snow behind Mark.

Mark stared at the creature. It looked sort of like a huge man, but its arms were too long for its body, like a gorilla's.

From behind him, Mark heard the man say a prayer in Arabic. The creature heard it too, and it grinned nastily, wetting its lips with its tongue. Mark shuttered in revulsion.

The creature took another step forward, and Mark pushed himself up, standing between it and the fallen man. The creature's gaze shifted to him, and it sniffed, breathing in his scent.

"Don't interrupt the fun," it said.

"I know what you are," said Mark. "You're a Bully. There were a lot of you hit by the change. Your kind has always loved picking on people smaller than you. I bet that the only thing that's ever had any meaning for you is that the strong pick on the weak. When the change hit you and made you like this, it must have been like a dream come true, right? Now everyone is smaller than you. I bet you revel in the fear that you see in other people's expressions."

"Out of the way, little man," it said, and pushed him hard to the side. Mark fell to the ground, and the Bully walked right past him. It picked up the man with the curly hair with one hand on the upper part of each arm.

Then it began to pull.

The man screamed. Mark stood up, and faced the Bully's back. He looked down at his hands for a second, and then he grabbed the ends of both gloves with his teeth and yanked them off. Underneath, hard, green scales covered his arms all the way down to fingers that ended in sharp talons. Throwing himself foward, Mark plunged his fingers down into the Bully's back. It threw its head back and roared in suprize and pain. Mark pulled his legs up, letting all of his weight sit for a moment in his fingers as if he was hanging from a ledge. The Bully dropped the other man, and then reached back and grabbed Mark with both hands. It yanked him upward twice. The first time, Mark kept his grip in its back, and it yelled with the pain. On the second yank, Mark's fingers came free, and with a great grunt of effort, the Bully hoisted Mark over its head and threw him through the air.

There was a moment, when Mark was flying through the alley, that seemed to stretch out longer than it should have. He saw in his mind's eye the Bully behind him, roaring its anger. He saw the man on the ground, head bowed in prayer. And he saw himself, falling through empty space, green arms outstretched.

Those scaly, clawed arms were his shame. They showed the world the bit of monster inside of him. They had made it clear both to his parishioners and to himself how a part of him wanted to make the questions stop. The problem was not that Mark hadn't understood what the Church's official answers were. It was that deep down he knew that he didn't agree with them, and it was his parishioner's questions that pushed him to confront all of the lies that he had been telling to himself for years. He hated that feeling of self doubt - hated it so much that a part of him had wanted to grab them and make the questions stop.

When the change found him, that had been the part that it had brought out - that simmering anger that was really just despair in disguise.

The moment ended, and Mark was falling through the air again. He thought for an instant that he saw the bartender running into the alley from the direction he had come. Then he hit the ground, rolled, and blacked out.


*****

When he came to, he was propped up in a chair in the bar. The bartender was leaning over him, pressing a damp cloth against his forehead.

"What happened?"

"You saved that man's life is what happened. Don't you remember?"

"The Bully didn't get him?"

"Nope. Bullys don't like it when you stand up to them. You wounded him enough that he ran off."

"Ouch," he said, as she touched a spot on his left temple.

"Yeah, you've got a bit a bruise there."

He reached up to probe it with his fingers, and then jerked himself upright in panic.

"My gloves? Where are my gloves?"

"Calm down. They're right here," she said, pulling them from her back pocket.

He snatched them from her and tried to tug them on, but his hands were shaking, and he kept getting his talons caught on the glove's leather. His eyes started to tear up. He stared at a point in the distance, willing himself to calm down while he got the gloves the rest of the way on.

"You know, you should consider yourself a hero."

"Ha!" he said, and the pressure behind his eyes started building again.

"I'm serious. What else would you call it when someone selflessly risks their life for a stranger?"

"I just wound up in the middle of it. That's all." Mark glanced around the empty bar. "What happened to that guy?"

She glanced towards the bar.

"His name is Falim. He's hiding in the back."

"Did you call the police?"

"I offered to, but Falim said that last time the cops wouldn't help him."

"'Last time?' Does that mean he's been attacked like this before?"

"According to him, that was the third time."

"Why does that Bully want to kill him so bad?"

"It's not just that Bully. He said the first attacker looked like a wolf, and the second was a girl with some kind of tentacles."

Mark's eyes widened.

"How did he get away from them?"

"He made it onto a bus when the wolf was chasing him. He ran from the girl with the tentacles to a police station, but they gave him the third degree. Apparently, he has the same last name as someone on the terrorist watch list. The cops almost didn't let him leave."

"That's three changed that have tried to attack him in the last two days. Does he know why?"

"I don't think so."

Outside, someone tried to open the door.

"Don't worry, I locked it. The owner will be pissed, but maybe we can open up later and still catch some of the New Year's Eve crowds.

It occurred to Mark then that he did not even know her name.

"My name is Mark."

She smiled at him.

"I'm Estrella."

"Doesn't that mean star in Spanish?"

"Yeah, my parents were linguists."

"Did they -

THUMP.

Something hit the door hard. They looked at each other, and then they both stood facing the door.

"Three changed attacks since yesterday?" she said, raising her eyebrow.

"Monsters - call them monsters. That's what they are," he said, looking at his gloved hands for the millionth time.

THUMP.

"And I think we're about to meet number four," he said. "What should we do?"

"What would Buffy do?" she said, and reached over the bar, coming back up with a baseball bat.

BLAM!

The wood around the handle broke, and the door burst open. It was getting dark
outside, and they couldn't see anything for a second. Then three figures, two men and one woman, all in suits, came walking in. Their skin was grey - the color of ash, but their eyes were yellow like egg yoke. They were thin - gaunt even. The one in the front, a man who must have been in his late forties when the change hit him, closed his eyes and sniffed the air.

"The back," it said in a sigh. "He's in the back."

All three of them started walking forward.

Estrella ran up to the one in the lead, and swung the bat right into the side of its head. It spun completely around with the force of the blow, and then it turned towards her and snarled. She leaped back the few feet that she had run across to where Mark was still standing uncertainly, his hands in fists in front of him.

"Shit," she said. "This isn't going to work. I'm not really a Buffy anyway." She dropped the bat. "I'm more like Willow." Mark blinked at her. Although he'd never seen the show, he had gotten the first reference, but the second -

Suddenly there was a humming sound from Estrella like an amplifier being switched on. Then she started speaking fast - really fast. She was eating up words like a dragster eats up road, and with each phrase, her body jerked a little from side to side. Mark heard bits of Latin, something that sounded tonal like Vietnamese, and something Germanic. He even caught some math phrases like "X to the power of Y" and "root theta."

The monsters were halfway to the back now, walking at an angle past the two of them. She lifted her arm and pointed at each of them in turn. When the one in front took his next step, his feet slipped out from under him. He fell backwards into the other two, and all three of them went down. They tried to get back up, but it was like they had fallen on ice. Their hands and feet just slid out from under them as soon as they touched the floor.

"Come on," Estrella yelled, grabbing Mark's hand and racing for the door to the back room. Mark followed with his mouth hanging open, confused about what he had just witnessed. Estrella flung open the door in the back corner and pulled them through. Inside was a room that served as kitchen, storage and office all in one. Falim was standing in the middle, eyes with deep circles under them regarding them with worry. He held an empty wine bottle by the neck like a club in his right hand.

"More?" he asked, a thick accent on the word.

"Yep!" said Estrella, bolting the door behind her. "We've got about half a minute before that spell wears off."

"Spell?" said Mark. "What do you mean? What happened out there?"

"I'll explain in a minute. First help me move these."

She jogged to the back wall, and started shoving boxes of alcohol out of the way. Mark and Falim hurried over to help. When the boxes were moved all that was revealed was an area of plain red brick - no secret door, as Mark had hoped. He was about to ask what they were going to do next, when Estrella pulled a piece of chalk from her pocket, and started writing on the wall.

It looked almost like computer code, Mark realized after she had written a few lines - except she jumped between alphabets with each symbol that she drew. It took her about twenty seconds to finish, and the whole time they could hear hisses and snarls coming from the other side of the door. When she lifted her chalk for the last time, there was another one of those humming noises filling the air.

"Close your eyes," she said.

THUMP. The monsters were at the door again.

Mark closed his eyes and felt her shove him hard towards the wall. He raised his arms up to protect his face from the impact, but he never felt it. Instead of being stopped by the wall, he kept going. He had a second to register the cold outside air and the sound of the traffic before he slipped and fell into dirty snow for the third time that day.

He opened his eyes and saw that he was on the sidewalk on the opposite side of the building from where the fight with the Bully had taken place. A moment later, Falim fell through the wall with his eyes closed, tripped over Mark's legs, and toppled down on top of him. By the time they got themselves separated, Estrella was standing outside with them. She looked around, her brow wrinkled and her eyes narrowed, but there was no one else on the street.

"Come on, we have to find a cab." She helped them up, and then set off at a near run across the street.


*****

The cab let them off at the edge of the club district. The streets had been closed off from car traffic to give the New Year's Eve crowd space to spill into from the doors of the over-crowded bars and clubs. Estrella grabbed their hands and then pulled them along through the drunken throng. It was slow going, but they only had to make it about a block before Estrella pointed at a cafe built inside of an old warehouse right next to the train tracks that were no longer in use. Inside, the music was pouring out through the cafe speakers at maximum levels in order to drown out the party noise. It was something down tempo with a female lead that had a dark quality to her voice - Mark didn't recognize it. They walked towards the back, through a narrow hallway that passed the kitchen. Estrella made no attempt to sneak past the staff, and they responded by pointedly looking at other things. The hallway ended at a back door, but just before that was an alcove with a payphone and a curtain that could be drawn across it from floor to ceiling. Estrella looked back the way they had come, then shoved them both inside and drew the curtain shut.

"Where are we?" asked Mark.

"We are going to someplace safe," answered Estrella. "Look, I know I haven't explained anything yet. Just hang in there. Things are about to become blatantly obvious." For the third time tonight, Mark heard that hum like an amplifier being switched on. Estrella said a few short sentences in that weird mix of languages, and then she took both of their arms and stepped forward through the wall.

This time, Mark was a little more prepared. He didn't stumble when he found himself on an iron stairwell high up inside of a vast room. It was a minor victory for him and Falim considering how weak-kneed they both felt afterwards.

"Remember that experiment that they were doing at MIT that caused the change?" Estrella said to them. "We've been continuing on with the research a bit."

Two or three dozen people stared up at them from tables, sofas, and boxes scattered about. Above their heads, suspended in the air was a twisting, bending, multicolored glob of glowing liquid. It pulsed with the beats of the music that played almost as loudly as it had in the cafe - only here it was hard rock with some electronic influences. Mark stared at it. Beside him, he heard Falim say something softly in Arabic. He glanced at the man whose life had been turned inside out in the last two days. Falim rubbed at his tired eyes with both hands, then looked again, his mouth hanging about halfway open.

"Come on," said Estrella.

The three of them walked slowly down the iron stairwell and started winding their way through to the other end of the room. Even without the huge, floating ball of liquid overhead Mark would still have been staring. They passed two pale, freckled guys that looked like brothers working on laptops while sitting on a carpet that was floating two feet above the floor. They looked up from their typing long enough to glare at Mark and Falim for a couple of seconds. A young black woman with her hair in little spikes, was working with a large sketch pad in her lap. She lifted her hand from the paper, and Mark saw that the tip of each finger was glowing a different color. He glanced to his right and saw an Asian guy with long hair watching them. He stuck a cigarette between his lips and inhaled while he typed something on his laptop, and then he took the cigarette back out with his right hand and exhaled out of his nose. The smoke arranged itself in the air in front of him, forming the letters "WTF U LOOKING @?" Estrella chuckled when she saw it. All the while the music pulsed and the colored liquid twisted and turned in the air overhead.

"Don't be offended by them," Estrella said. "They're naturally suspicious of strangers."

"Who are they?" asked Mark.

"Well, the name's kind of still in dispute. There's a fairly large minority voting for 'Uber Magi,' and for a while there was some posting online about 'Neo Jedi,' but I also read that someone in Washington has coined the term 'Reality Hackers' for anyone messing with Jenkins's research. Basically, we're just people with a strong sense of curiosity. As a group, we're pretty much fascinated by figuring out how to do something - especially things no one else knows how to do. Before Jenkins and his team conducted the MIT experiment one of his grad students posted notes about the theory they were working on onto her personal blog on the internet. Afterwards, the government came in and confiscated everything to do with the project, but the hosting server had backups of everyone's blogs on a separate hard drive. Someone found it, and we've been studying it ever since."

Ahead of them was an old couch covered with paint stains and a coffee table made out of plywood set atop two wooden crates. Estrella motioned to it, and they sat down.

"Can you do anything, then?" asked Mark.

"Hah! No, it takes a lot of time to work out how to do even the most basic stuff. You have to have a good ear for languages and a pretty high level math background to make sense of the symbolic language that's being used." Estrella tugged on her pony tail and frowned in thought. "I don't think that you could ever affect someone's soul, but other than that...in theory, anything physical, any form, can be changed."

Falim held up his pointer finger.

"'Form dissolves, but wisdom remains.' That's from Rumi."

"Are you Persian?" Mark asked.

"No, I just like Rumi." The corners of his eyes wrinkled in what was the closest expression to a smile that he had made all day.

"We'll be safe here, for a while. There is literally no door into this room. You have to know the hack to be able to get in." Estrella leaned back into the corner of the couch and propped her feet up on the table.

"Falim, those things in the bar were the fourth attack on you in two days. I don't know why the changed are after you-"

Mark saw her eyes shift to him for a second. He felt his face heat up, and then he cursed himself for reacting as if he was guilty as well. But you are, he thought. You're guilt is written in your flesh.

" -but it doesn't look like they've given up yet. Can you tell us anything else about why they might be attacking you."

Falim looked away from them.

"It's because of my name," he said. Then he turned and looked at them. There was anger in his eyes at first and then frustration and finally just sadness.

"Three days ago, I was walking to work when a maroon van pulled up beside me. Two men came out of nowhere from the other direction and shoved me into it. There was a man inside. He said that I must tell him all that I knew about the terrorists. I said that I did not know any terrorists. He pointed to a paper with a picture of an Arab and a name. 'This is your last name,' he said. I told him that it was a mistake. It is not the same family. He did not listen. He took out a woman's perfume bottle, and sprayed me with it. 'When you get tired of running, call the FBI or the police and tell them where your friends are hiding. But hurry, before someone gets hurt,' he said. Then they pushed me out of the van onto the street. I didn't know what to think. I mean, I live and work here. I am not a terrorist. Why would I be running from anything?" He leaned forward with his head in his hands and his elbows propped on his knees.

"Now I understand what they meant," he said.

"This is good," said Estrella.

They stared at her.

"I mean no, that really sucks, but it's good that you told us this. We can work with this."

"What do you mean?" asked Mark.

"They sprayed him with something in that van. Mark, do you remember what those monsters did when they first walked into the bar?"

"They sniffed the air!"

"Exactly!"

"When we were in the alley, I'm pretty sure the Bully sniffed the air as well," he said.

"Pheromones! They must have developed a pheromone that attracts the changed to you as if you were prey."

"But," Mark began, "why can't...I mean I should, uh, be able to smell him, but I can't." He folded his gloved hands in his lap and frowned at a point over their shoulders. Estrella placed a hand on top of his, and he flinched.

"Because you didn't change completely. I read once that there's a structure in the nose that mice have that allows certain scents to act on their brains like a hormone, but that same structure is dormant in the human nose because it lost its nerve connection to our brains at some point in the past. Maybe those who changed completely reconnected those nerves, but that couldn't have happened to you because only your hands were affected."

Estrella leaned closer to him. The light glinted off of the gold ring in her eyebrow.

"Your past only describes you at that point in time. What makes you who you are in the present are your choices right now. Take today, for example. This afternoon you jumped on the back of a monster three times your size in order to save a man you had never met."

She squeezed his hand, then leaned back into the couch cushions again.

"Now about that van..."


*****

They found it less than two blocks away from the crowded party district. It was parked, but its windshield was defrosted and the light layer of snow on the hoods of the other parked cars was absent from this one. Mark and Estrella peered at it from their hiding place on top of the roof of a nearby building. They had left Falim behind, until the Reality Hackers could work out a way to counteract whatever he had been sprayed with. Estrella consulted a map in front of her with a tiny glowing red light on it.

"This is it. We're lucky that the guy is still in there or the spell wouldn't have been able to find the right van." They crouched down low enough to be out of site from the van.

"Okay, here's the deal. I've never actually done what I'm going to try before. It's going to take me longer and I'm going to have to concentrate a lot on it. If I screw it up or stop in the middle, things could go really wrong."

"How wrong?" he asked.

"Like MIT two years ago."

"Whoa. Are you sure we should do this?"

"Don't worry. We take this risk every time we try out a brand new hack, and we haven't had another MIT yet!"

Mark frowned, but didn't say anything. Estrella sat right up next to the edge of the building so that she could see the van. She consulted a notebook for half a minute, then took a deep breath and let it out slowly. Mark heard that electric humming noise start up in the air around him. Then she started speaking - quietly and much slower than she had at the bar. Mark peaked at the van below, but there was no sign of movement.

Suddenly, their hiding place was illuminated by a circle of bright light. Mark spun and saw a man with a flashlight in one hand and a pistol in the other aiming both at them.

"Put your hands out in front of you and stand up slowly!"

Mark held his hands out and stood up. Beside him, Estrella remained seated, staring at the van and talking slowly.

"I said, hands out and stand up, now!"

"She can't stop talking," Mark said.

"You, shut up. Your lady friend has three seconds to do what I said, or I'm gonna put a hole right through the back of her head."

"No, you don't understand-"

"One."

"If she stops it could cause an explosion, it-"

"Two."

"Look, just give her a minute. We won't move from here. We'll-"

"Three!"

"NO!"

Mark dove towards him. The muzzle of the gun flashed. The sound was like a giant hammer pounding the world. Mark felt something slam into his left hand, and the impact spun him around like a tether ball. Behind him, Estrella screamed the last word in a voice that went higher and higher in pitch, until the only way that Mark could tell she had stopped was the sudden lessening of the pain in his ears. The windows of the van shattered, and inside the vehicle a man screamed as the perfume sprayer exploded drenching him in its liquid contents. The light that had illuminated them went out as the flashlight bulb exploded as well. Estrella spun around and lifted a hand towards the man with the gun. She started speaking again but this time much faster. The man dropped the broken flashlight and took aim at her silhouette. Suddenly, the roof beneath him became wispy and insubstantial. He fired his pistol, but the shot went wild as he dropped straight down into the building below.

Estrella leapt to Mark's side.

"Mark! Can you hear me?"

He opened his eyes and saw Estrella's stricken face above him. Then it seemed to shrink like he was falling down a hole until finally everything was dark.


*****

A few days later, Mark walked into the bar. It was a lot busier than before, and he had to squeeze into the last open seat, trying carefully not to move the arm that was strapped across his middle. Estrella smiled when she saw him. She was in the middle of delivering a round of drinks to a table, but as soon as she had finished, she came over and gave him a kiss on the cheek, for which he drew envious stares from the other guys at the bar.

"How are you doing?" she asked.

"Pretty good. The doctor had to reset my shoulder after the dislocation, but the good thing was the, uh," he glanced around, "special, extra hard conditioning I had on my arms and hands deflected the shot. It burned a hell of a line along my palm, though."

"You did a good thing, Mark."

"I was just, you know, in the middle of things at the right time," he said.

"No. You made a choice and took a big risk for me and everyone else. I owe you, and I got a little something as a down payment on that." She reached under the bar and pulled out a silver and black gift bag stuffed with tissue paper. Mark reached inside of it and pulled out a boxed set of DVDs.

"It's the first season of a show called Angel. It's about a guy who used to be evil that takes up fighting monsters and protecting others as a path to redemption. I think you'll like it!"

"Thanks. I'll check it out. Can I get a beer?"

"Don't they have you on some kind of pain medication?"

"Oh yeah." He grinned and she smiled back.

"Hit the road, pal. Go home and watch the pilot episode. When you're feeling better, come back by. Maybe we'll slay something evil." The guy on Mark's right side raised an eyebrow at them.

"We'll do that."

Mark stood back up slowly, grabbed the gift bag with his good hand, and headed for the door.

"Hey Mark!" Estella shouted at him just as he was about to leave.

He turned back to face her.

"I know!" he shouted back before she could say anything else. "It's the choices you make in the present!"

She gave him a thumbs up sign, and he turned and walked out into the snowy, dirty, monster-infested, and secretly magical city.

posted by D @ 11:41 PM |

Sunday, May 01, 2005

:::The Spirit's Dream:::

From the crow's vantage point the traffic hardly seems to move at all. It circles and then sits on the bridge cables, watching for the one who would come. From the other end of the bay, where the road emerges from the trees to span out across the water, movement catches the crow's eye. It leaves the cables and swoops down over the cars, heading for a closer look. It narrows the distance quickly, the roofs of idling vehicles gliding past underneath it. There, between the cars, a man is coming up fast on a motorcycle. For an instant the man and the crow are on a straight line course for each other. Their eyes meet, and then the crow makes a tiny alteration in its course, so that it shoots past the left shoulder of the man - He Who Would Come. The crow wheels about, flapping its wings hard for more altitude and heads into the city to tell its employer. It was not an evil crow, but its services could be bought. And in this world, crows were given much more credit for their intelligence than they ever received in that other world - the world the motorcycle rider could not help but think of as the real one, no matter how hard he tried.

The motorcycle left the bridge and sped into the growing shadows of downtown. A shiver passed through Billy Wu, and he slowed the bike a little, watching the side streets and alleys - especially the alleys. They were the places that few knew well, and so they changed the most. Billy remembered what he had been told on the first night he had come here.

*****

He had been wondering around with a confused look on his face, knowing that he was dreaming but amazed by the clarity of his self awareness and the sharpness of his senses. A bag lady had crossed the street in front of him. Her hair was a curly grey mass like a hedge that had grown wild, and her clothes were a layering of faded colors. She was pushing a shopping cart that had been painted purple and was full of what looked like golden treasure. He had a fleeting view of gold coins, goblets, and even crowns, but when he looked again, there was only trash. The bag lady gave a mad shriek and leaned down to stare at the trash in concentration. A second later the cart was full of gold again. Then she had turned to face him, an angry look carved into the worn lines of her face.

"It's not polite to change other people's things!"

"What? I...I didn't mean anything. I mean, I wasn't trying to change your things...uh..." he trailed off. Her mouth relaxed its frown a little and her eyes narrowed.

"You're new here, huh?" she asked.

"Yes, ma'am."

"Hmm...Call me Yvonne."

"Nice to meet you. My name's Billy Wu."

"Chinese?" she asked, raising her left eyebrow and tugging at her right one with slender fingers.

"Taiwanese," he said. "My parents moved here when I was seven." Her right hand stopped its tugging.

"Do you know where ‘here' is, Billy Wu?" she asked.

"Well, I'm pretty sure this is just a dream, Miss Yvonne," he said.

"Ms. Yvonne," she corrected him. "And you obviously know very little. Don't worry. You're new - it's not your fault. I will explain it to you." She pressed her hands together in front of her face and closed her eyes. A long moment of silence stretched out, and then she opened her eyes and began to talk, peering at him over the top of her hands. As she spoke, her words became clearer and took on a different tone, as if in order to remember the words, she had to say them the exact way that she had heard them.

"It's all a dream, Billy Wu, and I mean literally. But it's not just your dream here, it's everyone's. This is the way it was explained to me by Martin. He did his thesis on lucid dreaming, and he's been coming here for a number of years now." She paused for a second, her eyes unfocused and staring at her cart.

"Do you know what electromagnetic radiation is?" she asked, looking up.

"Yes ma'am." Billy had studied electrical engineering in school. It was what his family, especially his extended family, had expected. He had done well enough, despite having only a slight interest in the subject. But sometimes, in those moments when he was willing to be honest with himself, he could feel a deep despair like a load of bricks in his stomach because of the choices that he had not made.

"Good," she said, unaware of the turn his thoughts had taken. "You see, there's an energy field created by all life. When you dream, there's a part of your brain that's feeling this energy field. Whatever impressions you've accumulated about the world around you imprint themselves onto this energy field the way a radio broadcast gets added to a carrier wave, and all of the impressions left by every person who dreams give shape to places like this - places that some of us can find our way to."

"How?" Billy asked.

"It takes a bit of talent. For most people, the information carried in the energy that runs between us has only a weak influence on their dreams. Only an occasional image or idea will creep in. But people like us can read the underlying shape left by the memories and conceived notions of everyone that is asleep, and our minds use that information to build this dream around us. We share the same...frequency, for lack of a better word. That is why you and I can see each other."

"So you're saying that you're asleep somewhere right now, just like me?"

"Good boy, you've been listening," she replied. Then, with no warning, she began to push the cart down the street once more. He watched her take a few steps, then she stopped and turned back to face him.

"Make a choice Billy Wu. Are you coming or not?" The words were rough, but her expression was open and calm. He looked around for a second at the empty street, then jogged a few steps to catch up with her.

They walked through the city, turning down streets at random, and she talked about things she had seen and people she had spoken with while in the dream. There were the High Rollers who lived for the wild, lascivious bashes that took place every night. There were the Sundays, who got their nickname for spending every dream barbequing in a park or picnicking at the beach. There were the Cordless Bungee Jumpers (CBJs for short), adrenalin junkies that no longer needed safety gear. There were the Philosophers, like Martin, who gathered to discuss the nature of dreams and reality. Then there were the Spirit Guides.

"They think that the dream is a gateway between our world and a world of spirits. Mostly they seem to avoid people. I've only ever seen them alone or with the animals."

"The animals?" Billy asked.

"Crows, owls, coyotes, foxes... Martin has a theory that the reason some animals appear in our myths more often than others is because they're the ones that have the strongest presence in the dream. Perhaps, they leave an impression that makes its way into our subconscious."


*****

Billy rolled the motorcycle to a stop at a light. There were plenty of cars around on this street, but most of them were Empties - cars that appeared only to fill the impressions that dreamers had of the roads being full of vehicles. If you looked closely at the drivers you saw only a hazy image of a person. It was just enough to match the idea of traffic. There was a sound like the ruffling of feathers overhead, and then a crow landed on top of the streetlight. They watched each other for a second, the bird turning its head from side to side.

"He waits for you," the bird said, sounding a bit like a Halloween witch doing a bird impression.

Billy raised his eyebrow at it, then throttled the bike up, letting it leap forward through the intersection.


*****

"I have a question," Billy said. It was the second night in a row that they had walked together.

"I know," she said without looking at him.

"You already know what I want to ask?"

She turned towards him, the lines on her face becoming harder, more defined.

"You want to ask about me." He nodded. Her eyes became unfocused for a second. "Life has been...easier for me since I found my way here. There are problems that I have when I am awake. I - I don't always remember...Sometimes it is hard to think when I am awake." Her right hand rose up to tug at her eyebrow. Then suddenly she turned and began pushing her cart of treasure in front of her again.

"Come along, Billy Wu. There are many things to see tonight."

The next morning, Billy Wu took his bike to work as usual. It was a black Yamaha XJ600 - a lightweight street bike that he had purchased with his bonus last year. His family didn't know about the bike. It wasn't that they would strongly disapprove; it was just that the idea of having something in his life that they didn't know about had appealed to him.

He drove across the bridge, heading towards the building where he worked - one of many tall office complexes on the east side of downtown. He was still several blocks short of his destination when traffic slowed to a standstill. He could see some sort of accident blocking the street, so he decided to cut through the alley to try to get around it.

Up ahead, a familiar purple shopping cart was stopped against the back of a brick building. He slowed to a stop.

"Yvonne?" he called. There was no response. He throttled the bike forward, and when he passed the cart, he saw Yvonne sprawled out on a bed of cardboard. Her eyes were open, watching him, but the rest of her was still.

Billy parked the bike and got off, kneeling down in front of her. She looked exactly like she did in the dream except for an old, ugly white scar on the right side of her forehead where her eyebrow should be.

"Yvonne?" he asked again. Her lips moved a little, but there was no sound. He reached out and lifted her hand. Her arm was completely limp. When he looked back at her eyes he could see tears welling up in them.

A sudden fear swept over him, giving his gut that sinking feeling like the first big drop on a roller coaster. He thought back to a conversation that they'd had on his first night in the dream.


"Most of the well known places are stable because everyone has such strong memories of how they should be. But the secret places, the ones that few remember well, those are the places that can change with a thought. Alleys, backstreets, abandoned buildings - you have to be careful in those places."

"Why? What can happen?"

"Anything. If you get caught there by someone who means you ill, then all sorts of bad things could happen to you."

"But even if something bad happened, none of it would matter once I woke up, right?"

She squinted and her right hand went up to tug at her eyebrow again.

"Why don't your arms and legs move in bed while you are dreaming?" she asked.

"Uh, I'm not sure," he said, confused by the sudden change in direction.

"It's because a part of your brain tells certain neurons to fire and others to stop firing because you are dreaming, and your muscles go limp. What would happen if your mind woke up, but your body still thought that you were dreaming?"

Billy made an "ugh" face, imagining the helplessness of waking up paralyzed.

"That's horrible. Can someone do that to you here?"

Yvonne didn't reply at first. She stood there for a few seconds, staring at a spot on the ground.

"It happened to a friend of mine - James Peyroux. He went off by himself one night and never came back. A few days later, there was a story about him in the paper. He'd been found paralyzed in his bed. He'd gotten so dehydrated that he'd had a brain seizure. Now, he's a like a zombie. His body is still alive, but his mind is gone."

It seemed to Billy like it took forever for the ambulance to get there. When it left, he followed it on his bike to the emergency room. He wasn't family, so they made him sit in the waiting area. The doctor came out once to say that they were going to run some tests, but so far they hadn't discovered the cause of her paralysis. Billy kept waiting. Eventually, he fell asleep in the chair.

As soon as he realized that he had found the dream again, Billy set out to find Martin. He didn't travel on foot the way he had with Yvonne. Instead, he visualized his motorcycle, telling himself that it belonged here with him. Between one instant and the next the bike appeared, just like the trash in Yvonne's cart. Yvonne had said that an experienced dreamer could travel almost instantly between places that he or she knew well, although Billy had yet to try it. But since he expected that almost everywhere he went would be new to him, tonight, he would be better off sticking to the bike.

Finding Martin wasn't hard. Billy just kept asking where the Philosophers were until he found them, seated in a café, drinking tea, and talking. Martin was in the middle of the group, a thin man in his thirties with hair so short he must shave it. Billy told him everything about Yvonne and about how he suspected that whatever had happened to James Peyroux was happening to her as well.

Martin frowned and rubbed his hand across the stubble on his head. He raised an eyebrow at the woman seated across from him, a tanned brunette with a green scarf around her neck. She gave a little shrug, and then nodded.

"There is a man you need to see," said Martin. "He's a Spirit Guide named Isaac. You'll find him downtown - across the bridge from here."

"Can he help Yvonne?" Billy asked.

"Possibly... A few hours ago, he sent word here that he would be waiting to help He Who Would Come. That wasn't very specific, but I'm guessing that he meant you."

"So he must know something about what is going on," Billy said.

The woman leaned towards him, watching his eyes as she spoke.

"Or he may be the cause of it..."


*****

Billy had only a moment to register that the animal had run out in front of him, before he hit the brakes. He hadn't been going very fast, but still he thought that he would slide into it. At the last moment, the animal leaped off to the side, and the bike slid past it before it came to a stop. Billy let out a shaky breath and turned back to look at the animal.

It was a coyote - an animal that until now Billy had only seen in pictures. The coyote watched him, dancing from side to side as if it wanted to be running.

"This way," it said in a raspy voice. Then it hopped off down a side street. Billy stared at where it had been for a second, then spun the bike around and rode after it. The coyote led him down progressively smaller and darker streets, a shifting blur of red, brown, and grey ahead of him, until at last they turned a corner into the open square of an empty parking lot. As soon as they where in sight of it, Billy felt something strange pass over him, like he'd just ridden through the curtain of a waterfall. He looked about, but he could not see the cause of the sensation. The light in this place was different. Everywhere else that he had been in the dream, the sun had seemed to be at twilight, but here it was night. There were stars overhead as well, despite that fact that they were not normally visible in the city.

In the center of the parking lot, there was a man standing beside a steel drum that had a fire burning in it. He was a taller than Billy, with a lithe build and dark black skin, and he was dressed in a leather hat with a brim and a leather jacket, both of which looked dark red in the firelight.

"You have come," he said, a slight accent that Billy couldn't place, coloring his words.

"What happened to Yvonne?" Billy asked, spooked out of his usual politeness. Isaac didn't seem to mind his abruptness.

"She came in contact with the spirits," he said. Then he turned and crouched down until his eyes were on a level with the coyote's.

"Thank you," he said to it, and it turned and ran off.

"What spirits?" Billy asked. Isaac stood and looked at him.

"They are not dead people, as you are thinking. They are only the intentions and memories left by people who made a strong connection with the dream." He held his hands up in front of him as if he was reading something written across his palms.

"The spirits are more like journals, left by those that once were here. They contain the stories of what happened to them in their lives."

"Why did they hurt Yvonne?" Billy asked.

"I do not think that they intended to. Sometimes a spirit has a message for someone still alive. They wander through the dream, seeking the person who will understand their message. If someone disturbs them who does not understand the message, the spirit will try harder and harder to make them understand." He looked Billy in the eyes.

"I fear that it was the energy of their efforts that inadvertently hurt your friend."

"How do we undo it?" Billy asked.

"That, I can help you with, but first you must do something for me."

"What?" asked Billy, his eyes narrowing.

"You must speak to the spirit who did this."

Billy's eyes widened.

"Why me?" he asked.

"Because you are the one that this spirit is searching for."

Billy let out a long slow breath, wondering if he should believe any of this.

"Why do you think that it is looking for me?"

"I listened to them. I am a Spirit Guide, and they can not hurt me simply by touching me the way that they did your friend."

"Why not?"

"For the same reason that I can help your friend. It is a gift that we possess - a talent for consciously using certain parts of our brains that normally are only a part of the subconscious."

"And you will help Yvonne recover the movement of her limbs if I agree to speak with these spirits?"

"Yes."

"How do I know that this is not a trap? Maybe you lured Yvonne and James Peyroux here with the same type of story. Maybe you prey on people this way because you are sick. How do I know that I can trust anything that you say?"

Isaac reached up and adjusted his hat brim, his movements slow and purposeful.

"You do not..." Once more, Billy followed the coyote, this time on foot. Isaac had said that the spirit was not far. In fact, it was less than a block away that the coyote suddenly stopped in front of a boarded up storefront.

"In there," it said. Then it leaped away and disappeared into the dark.

Billy tried to peer through the boards, but all that he could see was a bit of green light somewhere inside. He reached out and tried the door. It opened with a creak, and he stepped inside. It looked like the bottom floor used to be a bakery or cafe of some sort. There were dusty tables and chairs and a glass display counter against two of the walls. At first there was no sign of the green light, but he found that he could see well enough even in the dark.

Then suddenly it was there in front of him, a glowing, green bend in the air like a bubble in the dream. It moved before he could think, rushing into him. A pulse ran through his body like a concussion blast. And then suddenly everything was different.

He was standing in the same place, but the room was new instead of old, and the darkness had been replaced by bright sunlight. Menus in Chinese hung on the walls. Behind the counter, an elderly Asian man was rolling a dumpling. He looked up and smiled when he saw Billy.

"Great grandson," he said, and in his voice were a pride and an acceptance that Billy could feel in a way that he had never felt from his family before. That was the message. It didn't come through the meaning of words - it came in a feeling that filled Billy up from the inside. All of his life, his parents, his aunts and his uncles had each drilled into him how important it was to do well in school, get a good job, and make lots of money to make his ancestors proud. And now one of his ancestors had traveled through the dream across an ocean to show him that he was proud of him and he would always be proud of him - not for the job that he had but for the person that he was.

He looked at his great grandfather, smiling at him from behind the counter. Then there was another pulse that rocked through his body, and everything went black.



"Sir?"

Billy jumped awake, inhaling a huge gulp of air and falling completely out of the hospital chair onto the floor.

"I'm sorry to startle you sir, but the doctor wishes to speak with you."

Billy looked up at the nurse standing over him with an uncertain look on her face.

"Thank you," he managed, picking himself up off of the floor. He hurried across the room to where the doctor was scribbling something on a clipboard for another nurse.

"Doctor?"

"Hi. I have good news. Your friend has regained movement in all of her limbs."

"That's fantastic," Billy said, a smile broadening across his face. "What did you do?"

"Actually, we didn't do anything. She went to sleep, and when she woke up again, she could move..."



Billy Wu and Yvonne stood on the bridge, looking out at the dream twilight reflecting on the water. Yvonne's purple cart was beside them, gold treasures gleaming.

"So," Billy began, "Isaac kept his promise."

"It would seem so," she replied. "Did you understand the message?"

"Yes. I called my family and told them that I'm going back to school. They didn't understand why, but that's okay."

"Hmm... And what will you study?"

"I'm not sure. But I'm going to try things until I find something that feels right."

She turned and looked at him for a moment, her right hand tugging at her eyebrow. Then she turned back to the water.

"That's good, Billy Wu. That's real good... Come along, there's much to see tonight."

posted by D @ 7:41 PM |

:::[A New Look]:::

Thanks so much to Edana of Red Designs for the incredible new look! I really love it! I emailed Edana after I saw the great job she did for Sunshine Days and asked her about creating a unique look for my blog. She was great to work with, and she took a real interest in understanding what my blog was about. I give her my highest recommendation.
Now I just have to get busy and finish the last third of the story I am working on so that there will be new content to match the new look!

posted by D @ 10:04 AM |

Wednesday, April 27, 2005

:::[Some Thoughts on the Blog So Far]:::

Originally, I thought that this blog would be a place for me to write just short scenes, but after the first one I found myself writing short stories. They are almost always just first drafts, so they are still in need of some work. But when I finish one, I'm too excited about posting it to take a long time to edit and rework it. Don't worry, though, because KVB gives me plenty of great feedback (even when she knows it can make me grumpy). She really is a great editor.

For me, the whole process of writing short stories and posting them is a learning experience. I like to try out different styles and different types of stories. Some of them, like "Canyon Blues," just spring out of my head in one sitting, while others, like "Oracle Bones," are something that I have to work harder at. I know that they are not perfect, but I have found that it is much easier to decide what I like in other people's stories than it is to create my own. That is part of the challenge and part of the learning experience that I am going through when I post. For example, I wanted parts of "Oracle Bones" to be tense or creepy, but creating that type of atmosphere is something that I will have to work harder at in the future. And setting up "A Betting Man" for an ending that I thought would be humorous wound up feeling a little forced as well. I think my best stories are the ones that just spilled out of me like "Sighs from the Underground" and "Sorrow, Soul, and the Good Life." There are others that have yet to make it to the blog because even though they started with a good idea, I haven't been able to find a whole story in them yet.

The other great thing about trying to write this length of story is that it has given me a whole new appreciation for the short story form. Growing up, I read lots and lots of novels, but I never really got into short stories. Consequently, novels are what I have always wanted to write the most, and the way I think about story has been more in line with the structure and length of a novel. Once I started trying to write stories for this blog, I found myself enjoying reading shorter stories a lot more. It feels like I have just discovered a whole new library of things worth reading.

posted by D @ 9:36 AM |

Saturday, April 16, 2005

:::Foxy Lady:::

The first time she saw him on the subway, she thought he must be one of the hopping corpses that the Monkey King had told her about. He stood, clutching an overhead handhold, his body rocking forward and back with the motion of the train, while his eyes stared at nothing in the space between his feet and the muscles of his face were slack. She had not believed the Monkey King when he told her of the hopping corpses - deceased bodies with souls still trapped inside them that roamed across China. Certainly she had never seen such a thing in Japan, but if there was such a thing perhaps it would look like this.

She was shorter than him, and even standing on her tiptoes her playfully spiked black hair came up only as far as his chin. She started to walk past him, then let herself fall against him when the train rocked again. He didn't move to catch her, so she placed a hand against his chest to stop her fall.
"Sumimasen - I'm sorry," she said, turning her face up to his to watch for signs of life behind his eyes.
"It's okay," he said, pointing his eyes at hers. His face hardened into a slight frown with almost no effort. She watched him, looking at the shape of her - the surface - but not seeing past it. Then she righted herself and walked away down the subway car.

When he left the subway, she followed him to his apartment. Two minutes after he had gone in, she rang the doorbell. When he answered it, he saw only what she wanted him to see: an eager looking young man in kaki slacks and a dress shirt.
"Good evening sir. I'm with Discount Music Dot Com. We're offering any three music CDs free to people willing to answer a few survey questions for us. Would you be interested in helping us out?"
The man blinked, but showed no other reaction.
"I don't really listen to music. You'll have to try someone else," he said and closed the door.
She walked away across the street then turned back to regard his apartment. She scratched her ear absently as she considered the problem. Then she dropped to all fours, and where there had been a young Asian woman a moment before there was now a fox that raced off along the sidewalk.

Another day over, the man thought as he walked home the following evening. Most of the people he worked with were excited to be heading home at the end of the day, but he just couldn't bring himself to care. As he walked, he thought about work. It was hard not to. There were always things left unfinished - things that he needed to remember for tomorrow. None of it is urgent, he thought, and as he did so he felt an emptiness opening up in his middle, like a bottomless void inside of him.

For some reason he found himself thinking of the question that the man at his door had asked him yesterday. He could remember a time when he had listened to music constantly, but over the last ten years he had listened less and less until now he couldn't even remember what the last song he had heard was. He didn't really miss it, though. It was just an appetite that he no longer had.

He was halfway between the subway exit and his apartment when he felt someone bump up against his back. He turned and saw a fox eying him from a few feet away with a black wallet clutched in its mouth. He stared in confusion, and then patted his now empty pocket.
"Hey! That's mine! Drop that! Drop it!"
The fox trotted past him. He tried to grab it, but it darted just out of his reach. He tried again, lunging toward it, but it took off down a side street at a fast walk. He started after it, wanting to run but worried that if he ran the fox would run too, and then he would never catch it.

Ahead of him, the fox darted across the street and into a parking lot. The man followed, jogging between the vehicles and straining to keep the fox in sight.
But then something odd happened. When the man looked up from the pavement he found that he could see nothing but cars - endless cars parked in each direction. He turned around slowly, rubbed his eyes with his hands, and looked again, but nothing changed. Vehicles of all shapes and sizes were parked 360 degrees to the horizon.
He reached out and touched one. It felt solid and a little hot still from the afternoon sun.
Then he heard something - a pounding noise like a drum. He turned his head to the side and listened. A moment later, he heard it again. It was two beats and then a pause.
Ba-Doom.........Ba-Doom.........Ba-Doom......... Ba-Doom.........

It wasn't one durm - it was a whole group of drums playing together. He couldn't figure out which direction it was coming from.
Ba-Doom.........Ba-Doom.........Ba-Doom......... Ba-Doom.........

Then the silence in between the beats began to fill up.
Ba-Doom-Doom......Ba-Doom-Doom......Ba-Doom-Doom...... Ba-Doom-Doom......

Smack!
Something small and hard hit him just above his right ear. His head stung, and he held one hand against it as he looked down at the marble-sized rock by his feet.
From his right side he heard a roar as loud and feral as the roars of the gorillas he had seen on TV. He turned and saw something twice the height of a man standing between a van and an old compact. It's body was wrapped in tiger skins; its arms and head were covered in thick dark red hair, and two short straight horns stood up from its forehead. It roared again, showing him a mouthful of sharp teeth and a purple tongue, and hurled something through the air towards him.
The man turned and ran in the opposite direction. Something whistled past his head. Behind him he heard a crashing noise, like a car being shoved aside. The drums beat louder.
Ba-Doom-Doom-Ba-Ba-Doom-Doom......Ba-Doom-Doom-Clack-Doom-Ba-Ba-Doom-Doom
As he raced between the parked vehicles he could hear great, lumbering footsteps following behind him punctuated by angry growls. Fear flooded through him in a rush that started in his stomach and spread out through his limbs. His head hurt, and his heart began to pound. It had been so long since he had felt anything this intense that he wondered for a moment if he was going to have a heart attack, but their was none of the sharp pain in his left arm and chest that he had read about.
All the while the drums kept pace with him, pounding fast the rhythm of the chase.

Ba-Doom-Doom-Clack-Doom-Ba-Ba-Doom-Doom...... Ba-Doom-Doom-Ba-Ba-Doom-Doom
Suddenly a woman appeared in the space between two cars on his left. She was dressed like the pictures he had seen of Japanese geisha, her dark hair folded atop her head and her slender body wrapped in a blue and green kimono.
He was running too fast and she had appeared too suddenly for him to stop. He flew past her, turning his head to the left and seeing the calm, curious expression on her face as she watched him run by.
From behind them he heard the beast roar again, and the woman screamed in fear. He skidded to a halt and turned to look back. The woman was just standing there, frozen while the huge thing charged towards her.
"Run!" he shouted, but she only fell to her knees and screamed again.
The drumming stopped.
It's going to kill her, he thought. Another feeling rose up from his gut. This time it was a burning that spread like a shock wave through his body, and with it came a realization. He didn't have to think about it - for the first time in a decade he was clear of doubts. Good and evil - right and wrong - he might never be faced with a choice this simple again in his life, but in this moment he knew what he should do.

He leapt back the way that he had come, racing toward them. Around him the drums started up again, faster than they had played before.
Doom-Doom-Doom-Doom-Doom-Doom-Doom-Doom-
Doom-Ba-Doom-Ba-Ba-Doom-Doom-Clack-Doom-Doom

Ahead of him the thing had almost reached the kneeling woman. It had a thick iron club in its right hand that it lifted up high over its head.
He was almost to them now. He poured on speed that he didn't know he had, tucking his head down.
Doom-Ba-Doom-Ba-Ba-Doom-Doom-Clack-Doom-Doom
He passed the screaming woman and leapt the last few feet, trying to throw his body into the charging thing, knowing that it wouldn't stop it, but hoping that it might slow it long enough for the woman to come to her senses and run-

He fell out of the parking lot and onto the street from where he had entered. The drums had gone silent. He looked up. The woman, the huge beast, and the endless cars were all gone. He stood, once again staring around him in disbelief. His heart was still pounding, and his shirt was sticky with sweat. The woman - had he saved her? Was it real?
A car came around the corner, and he was forced to move. He hurried across the street and away from the parking lot.
Just get home, he told himself. Get home first, then think. He started walking towards his apartment.
A block later, he heard it again.
Ba-Doom-Doom-Ba-Ba-Doom-Doom......Ba-Doom-Doom-Clack-Doom-Ba-Ba-Doom-Doom
He stopped and listened. This time, he could hear a direction. Across the street, drifting out of the mouth of that store - that's where it was coming from.
He jogged across the street, drawing a harsh look from a driver. He could feel his blood pumping again. He burst through the doorway-
-and stopped. The inside of the store was small and a little dark. There was a counter on the left near the door and the rest was taken up with waist-high shelves full of CDs. A young man in his early twenties was staring at him from where he sat on the edge of the counter.
Doom-Doom...
He cocked his head to the side to listen. The drumming was playing through the speakers of the music store.
"It's you," said the store clerk with a look of surprise on his face.
"What?" he said.
"Man, it's your lucky day," the clerk said, smiling. He reached one hand down under the counter and pulled out a wallet.
"Loose something?" the clerk asked. He opened the wallet and set it on the counter. The man stared down at his driver's license.
"Where did you get that?" he asked.
"A lady brought it in here about five minutes ago. She said she thought you might stop by looking for it. I'd never seen your picture before, though, so I didn't think it very likely."
"A lady? What did she look like?"
"She was probably about, uh... Actually, I'm not sure how old she was, but she was about this high, and I'm pretty sure she was Japanese."
"What makes you say that?"
"She asked me if I had any CDs by the band that you hear playing. It's a Japanese group that plays the Taiko drums. I didn't think we had it, but she sent me back to check anyway. Turns out we had one that I'd never noticed. That's why I'm playing it right now." The clerk pointed to a CD case on the counter next to a hand-written sign that read "now playing." The man picked it up and studied it. There was a picture on the cover of a fox dressed like a woman in a kimono standing between two statues outside of a temple. He stared hard at the statues. They were twice a man's size with a mouthful of sharp teeth and two small horns sticking up from their foreheads.

"The fox woman is called a Kitsune," said the clerk. "They're some kind of Japanese mythical trickster. The lady was telling me about them. She said that in Japan, the Kitsune would use illusion to play tricks on people."
"Why?" he asked.
"Supposedly, to teach people a lesson."
He thought about that. Had he just been taught a lesson? If so, he wasn't sure what it was supposed to be.
"Did she say anything about these statues?" he asked.
"Those are Oni, Japanese demons that punished the dead in hell. They used to put statues of them up as guardians outside the temple gates." The clerk peered down at the CD cover.
"They look pretty fierce. I'm not sure what I'd do if I saw one. Of course, I guess you'd have to be dead for that to happen."
The man looked up at him, and a slow smile spread across his face.
"Can I buy this?" he asked.
"Of course! You can buy anything in the store. If you like world music, we've got some really good Celtic stuff, and we just got in some new Brazilian dance music."

"Just this today, but maybe I'll come back and check those out sometime," he said.
"Sure. We're open seven days a week," the clerk said.
The man took his purchase and walked slowly back out onto the street. He blinked a little in the light, took in a big lungful of air, and started walking towards his apartment, humming under his breath.
Ba-Doom-Doom-Ba-Ba-Doom-Doom...

The girl watched him leave the record shop. There was a swing in his step now, and she could see his eyes looking all around him as he walked, taking in everything as if it were new. It made her want to laugh with pleasure.
You don't look like a hopping corpse anymore, she thought.
And where she had stood a moment ago, there was only a fox that darted down an alley and was gone.

posted by D @ 11:14 PM |

Wednesday, March 30, 2005

:::A Betting Man:::

Henrick Bjornson was bored with planet living. There never seemed to be enough adventure in it anymore. He had flown his plane, a craft that he had built himself with nothing but the basic principles of aerodynamics as a guide, through mountains and over deserts. He had seen many strange sights and was able to say without exaggeration that on more than a few occasions he had "barely escaped with his hide."

But that sort of life seemed to be ending for him. Heck, it had been almost a year now without a single mysterious or life threatening incident. All of the jobs he had taken had resulted in low, but steady pay with plenty of soreness but not much in the way of excitement or surprises. It had gotten so that a betting man would put his money firmly on the side of Henrick's survival into old age.

So Henrick had decided that the time had come for him to "make the ultimate leap," as he put it, "into the great black unknown." Unfortunately, Henrick was always a little unclear with his metaphors, and his use of this one combined with his recent spate of melancholy had left several people who knew him with the worrying impression that Henrick was planning to commit suicide - possibly by leaping off of something - instead of that he planned to book passage on a starship, as he had intended.

Henrick's first step was to sell his beloved airplane, a task that would sadden him but that he knew was necessary because he could not possibly take it with him, and besides, he would need the money. With that purpose in mind he had contacted a woman with the unflattering name of Dorg, who compensated for her uninspired christening by being an extremely shrewd merchant.

"This is your plane?" Dorg asked.
"Yep. Beautiful isn't she? I built her myself with nothing but the basic principles of aerodyn-
"She's a godforsaken antique. No one's built aircraft like this in a couple hundred years!" she said, reaching toward it, but stopping an inch away as if afraid it would fall apart if she touched it. "Does it fly?"
"Of course it flies! Look, this plane is a perfect example of how classical principles of design and the fundamental laws of-
"Look at these blades on the sides! I bet they used to use them to cut off the wings of other aircraft!"
"Those are propellers! They pull air over the wings to create the lift that allows it fly."
"Where are the ATs?" she asked, bending down to look under the plane.
"It doesn't need atmospheric thrusters. Look, it's…aw forget it. What can you give me for it Dorg?"
"Well, I won't be able to sell it to any pilots - they wouldn't know how to get it off the ground." She stepped back and squinted at it. "But I might have an idea for it. I'll give you five hundred."
"That's it? It's a working aircraft in perfect condition!"
Dorg just looked at him. Henrick sighed, closed his eyes, and stuck out his hand.

The next step for Henrick was to find the right starship. It couldn't be a normal passenger carrier. It needed to be something with a little more edginess to it - like a cargo shuttle that had room for an extra body in the crew quarters. He talked to cargo ship captains until he found one that reminded him of an old sergeant he used to know and who seemed a little cagey about the contents of his hold. They worked out a deal for Henrick to be a temporary member of the man's crew. He would go as far as their next delivery and then they would discuss whether he should stay on as permanent hand or not.
With any luck, he thought as he followed the captain toward the ship, they'll turn out to be smugglers or bounty hunters or something.


A month later, they were entering the atmosphere of another planet. Henrick had learned a lot since his arrival on board - mostly about the mechanical workings of a starship. The crew had taken to him reasonably well. He had thrown a lot of darts, played a lot cards, and cleaned a lot of engine parts with them. But despite the camaraderie, he couldn't help feeling a little bored. Danger and mystery had so far failed to find him. The only bright spot was that, try as he might, he had yet to learn anything about the cargo that they were transporting, and he felt that this was promising. After all, why keep something like that a secret unless there was some danger involved in revealing it?

The planet they were landing on was not unlike the one he had left behind. There were a few large city-states near the coastlines and on the major rivers, and then there were vast undeveloped areas of wilderness. Their ship headed down towards the outskirts of one of the urban areas. They landed on a flattened area of ground between foothills that, much to Henrick's delight, kept them well out of sight.

The crew rolled out a wheeled platform at least twenty feet square on which something large was covered by a yellow tarp. The captain approached him and said that even though it was a little out of the ordinary for a temporary hand, they were going to let him come along to help with the delivery. Henrick grinned in excitement, and quietly strapped his pistol on under his coat. Several of the other crewmembers had firearms as well, which Henrick took to be a promising sign.

The platform, although motorized, was not really up to the challenge of the hilly terrain, and Henrick and the other crew members had to put their backs into it until they crested the nearest hill. From there they could see a small group of people waiting for them with an atmospheric ship ready to transport the cargo somewhere else.

"This is it," said the captain to Henrick. "Those are the people we are here to meet."
"Who are they?" asked Henrick, trying not to sound excited.
"Antique collectors," said the captain with a smile. Henrick felt his hopes deflating. "Oh?" he said.
"We couldn't meet them in the city because of quarantine regulations. You see, our cargo is a rare item that we hope they will want for the museum, but all off-world antiques have to be kept under observation a minimum of a hundred miles outside of the city for a week to make sure that they aren't a danger."

"Afternoon," the captain called as they approached.
"Hello Joshua," a woman called from the front of the other group. There were eight of them total, all armed, but waiting calmly. Henrick's group numbered seven including himself and the captain.
"What have you got for me, Joshua?" the woman asked.
"I have here, a piece of antiquity. Under this tarp is an ancient relic from the early days of civilization. Not only will it be the only one in your collection, but it will, without doubt, be the only one of its kind on the entire planet."
Henrick sighed and looked aimlessly off into the distance.
"What is its condition?" the woman asked.
"Lord only knows how it survived this long so well preserved. It looks like it could still be used today," the captain said.
"Well, let's see it," the woman said. The captain gave a signal to one of the crewmen who jumped onto the platform, untied the yellow tarp, and pulled it back to reveal what looked a heck of a lot like Henrick's old plane.
He stared at it in shock. Yep, it was his alright. He recognized every scratch on it.

Henrick was not the only one with a look of disbelief on his face. The woman in charge of the other party was gazing at it with one eyebrow raised.
"Do you think I'm stupid, Joshua?"
"What?" asked the captain.
"I don't take kindly to people trying to swindle me," she said.
"Swindle you? I would never! This is the genuine article, Madame."
"That's no archeological find. It's a fake!"
"I assure you it is not."
"What is it, then?" she asked.
"Obviously, it's a war chariot," the captain said.
"What?" said Henrick, unable to stop himself.
"It's a war chariot!" the captain said again, throwing Henrick a look. "It was only recently discovered sealed in the tomb of an ancient prince on the planet we just left."
"No way," said the woman. "It's too ugly to have been sealed in a tomb with a prince. Where are the ritual decorations and the ancient writing? This looks like someone's old lawn mower."
"Lawn mower?" said Henrick. He could feel his face turning red. The captain tried to ignore him.
"Madame, just look at it." He pointed at the cockpit. "Here is where the warlord sat." Next he pointed at the propellers. "These were obviously used to slice apart anyone who got too close."
"No!" shouted Henrick. "It's not a chariot. It's a plane! Those are the propellers."
"Look, you shut up! Don't pay attention to him, Madame. He's only a temporary crewman that we picked up on the last planet. And anyway, how would he know?"
"Because I bloody built the thing!" Henrick shouted.
"I knew it!" yelled the woman, and she reached for her gun.
The movement was like the start of an avalanche. Everyone was suddenly either leaping for cover or drawing their guns or both.
Henrick's pistol was in his hand before he had even known he'd gone for it. He leaned backward, letting himself fall. He heard a shot from the woman's direction, and a bullet burned a line alongside his neck. He fanned the hammer of his gun with his left hand as he fell. He landed hard on his back, the air knocked out of him.
A second later, the shots stopped. After some more shouting, Henrick saw the face of the captain looking down at him from above.
"What do you mean, you built it?" he said.


Both crews got off fairly easy this time, with just some flesh wounds that would have to be stitched up. The woman had been the only fatality. The men with her were just day hires, so once their employer went down they figured there was no more point in fighting.
It turned out that this was the captain's first foray into anything other than foodstuff transporting, and the experience was something that he had decided not to repeat. The glares from the rest of the crew were enough of an indication to Henrick that he would not be welcome as a permanent crewman, which was fine with him, given the relative lack of intentional adventuring in the ship's future.
They did, however, allow him to buy back his old plane for five hundred dollars, although not without saying a few nasty things both about it and a certain female merchant who had sold it to them.


It was well into evening when the ship took off again. Henrick watched it go from the cockpit of his plane and considered his circumstances. He had very little money left to him and almost no food. In the morning he would have to fly out over an unknown planet with no idea of who was friendly and who would attack on site, what might be poisonous, or even what was considered an insult. A betting man would not put much money on Henrick's survival.

Henrick leaned back, closed his eyes, and let a quiet grin spread across his face.

posted by D @ 2:55 PM |

Tuesday, March 22, 2005

:::Sorrow, Soul, and The Good Life:::

The inside of Maggie's Brew was dim except for pools of yellow light that illuminated the steam rising from the patron's mugs and one spotlight that lit up the tiny raised platform at the north end. The walls were brick and the ceiling was high enough to disappear in the shadows up above the heavy wooden support beams. The crowd was low-key. They talked quietly, sipped hot drinks in the cool air, and waited. It was Thursday, and every Thursday night she would come. They never announced her, and there were no fliers with her name passed out or tacked up. If you came to hear her sing, it was because you'd been there before on a Thursday - maybe by chance or maybe because a friend told you to go - and every Thursday since you'd been looking for a way back in time - a way back to that first song.

Her voice was rich and sweet and full of tones from deep dark soul to golden aria. A chef from out of town had once described it as melted South American chocolate flavored with a bit of chili pepper. Word didn't spread too much because listening to her was kind of hard to talk about afterwards. Trying to explain it felt kind of like trying to explain love. You used what words you had, knowing that they would be inadequate, and mostly the people that understood where the ones who'd been through the same thing.

It was still a little early, and she hadn't made her appearance yet. The crowd seated closest to the platform relaxed into their waiting, emanating a sense of calm anticipation.

At the south end of Maggie's, where the crowd wasn't as thick, Jamie Mulligan was waiting too, but not for her. Jamie had never been to Maggie's before - Thursday or otherwise. In fact, that was the very reason that he had picked it. No one would have a reason to look for him or the person he was meeting in this place.

The door to Maggie's swung open. Jamie's right hand dropped to his jacket pocket, and he peered at the doorway through the dim light. Someone walked in, but it wasn't anyone he knew. He placed his hand back on the tabletop, watching it shake a little while he took another sip of coffee.

No matter what news his contact brought tonight, at least it would be over. Either way the dark times were going to end for him. He wouldn't even have to talk to the man to find out. It was safer for both of them that way. When the man walked in he would be wearing a scarf. If the scarf was dark, then things had gone well, they had listened to Jamie, and there would be no more secret killing in the name of patriotism. If the scarf was brightly colored... Jamie reached down and ran his hand over the outside of his coat pocket, feeling the hard shape inside.

At the far end, near the door, a lone woman stepped up onto the platform. She had long black hair and cream colored skin, and when she turned out to face the crowd, her eyes were closed. Just then, the door to Maggie's swung open again, and in came the man Jamie was waiting for.

Jamie didn't breathe. He leaned forward, staring through the gloom and feeling his heart beat. The scarf - it was dark! He took a deep breath, feeling a rush of emotion coming with it.

Then the man walked in front of the platform, and the spotlight lit up his bright, baby-blue scarf.

Jamie slumped slowly back against his chair. His eyes drifted down to the tabletop, not really seeing it, and his mouth hung open. This was it. He had his answer, and it was bleak. It was strange, but he had never really faced the fact that this could happen - that everything he believed in could fall away so quickly into nothing. The logical side of him had planned for it, perhaps, but he had not really prepared himself for what it would feel like. How do you prepare yourself to lose hope when you still have some left?

His right hand reached slowly down to his pocket. He scanned the room to make sure that no one was watching him which wasn't a problem, because everyone seemed focused on the woman standing on the platform. His hand came back up holding the gun. It was black and heavy and cold, just the way he wanted it to be. He placed it in his mouth, tasting the oil he had used to clean it. He thought about all that he used to believe in: that the good guys won, that justice would prevail, that heroes could make a difference, and that wrongs could be made right. If those things weren't true, what was left?

He went to pull the trigger, but something happened that stopped him. On the platform at the far end of the room, the woman had begun to sing.

The voice was deeper than he had expected. It rolled through the room - a smooth, black and blue song of sorrow that leapt up to catch the high notes. The energy built and built with every note she sang. It pushed at him, wrapping its arms around the place inside of him where it hurt the worst and pouring into him there. What had started out quiet, grew louder and louder, and when she got to the end, she opened her eyes and stared right at him while she held that last note. And what a note! It was pure golden light in the darkness.

Then, silence.

Jamie took a long, slow breath. He could feel his hand shaking again. On the platform, the woman waited with her head bowed. Carefully, Jamie pulled the gun out of his mouth and replaced it in his pocket.

On the platform, the woman spoke.
"For all you travelers that have stopped in tonight to hear the music...welcome back to the good life."

posted by D @ 12:17 AM |

Wednesday, March 16, 2005

:::Reality Overdose:::

The roof of the parking garage was empty of everything except for cool air, yellow light, two guys, and one wheelchair. Jenson, the skinny guy in the chair with the blond spikes, could barely contain himself. He rocked backward and forward with his upper body and his right hand shook the way it always did when he got excited. His buddy, Trevor, a big guy with a beard and a t-shirt that looked like it served a dual existence as a painter's palette, took drags off a cigarette while he waited for Jenson to (quote) show him something that's fucking unbelievable (end quote).
"Okay," said Jenson. "I'm going to show you something, but the first part's going to seem really stupid. You've got to promise not to laugh; otherwise you'll screw up the cool part at the end."
"What are you gonna do?" asked Trevor.
"Dude, it's so fucking unbelievable, I'm just going to have to show you."
Trevor took another drag and arched his left eyebrow.
Jenson took a deep breath and let it out slowly, going almost limp as he did so. Suddenly, his arms sprang out to either side, his hands clutching at something unseen. His face went completely blank with his eyes unfocused and his mouth partway open. He held that pose for a few seconds before he brought his hands to within an inch of touching in front of his mouth. After that he spent about five seconds doing what looked to Trevor like something a raver would do with glow sticks while dancing. All that time his face didn't change. Then suddenly he stopped, his right hand held out in front of him, palm up, and a glowing, moving ball of orange and yellow fire the size of a baseball floating in the air above it.
Trevor raised both eyebrows and leaned in close to check it out.
"Dude! That looks like fire," he said.
"It is fire. It's a fireball!" Jenson said. Trevor put his hand out and felt the heat.
"Wow! How did you do that? Is it burning gas or something?"
"No man, it's magic!" Jenson said, a huge smile forming on his face.
"Oh, magic...yeah, cool. Dude, seriously, how are you doing that?"
"I am serious! Check it out." He held out his left hand and made a tossing motion. The ball of fire floated across to his left hand.
"That's awesome. Is it some kind of burning gel on your hands or something?"
"No! It's magic. Check it out - you know Wikipedia.org, the website?"
"Yeah, it's an online encyclopedia that anyone can edit."
"Well about a week ago, I posted an article on casting spells where I referenced that book from my anthropology class that was from the sixteenth century. It was supposed to explain how to do magic, right? Well, since then people have been editing it, changing pieces of it here and there to match what they had read about in other books. I was checking it again last night, and I realized that all of the edits had made the instructions a crazy mixture of different mythological beliefs from all around the world. So I tried it, and it worked!"
Trevor tossed his cigarette to the cement. He leaned in again to look at the fireball, his face becoming focused and intent.
"Wow. This is fucking unbelievable," he said.
"I told you so!"
"So what can you do with it?"
"The fireball?"
"Yeah."
Jenson opened his mouth to speak, and then stopped. He looked at the fireball and then he looked at the empty parking lot.
"Throw it at your enemies?" he suggested.
Trevor shook his head. Jenson, stared at the ball of flame some more.
"Dude, you're right," Jenson said. "You know there's nothing I actually want to set on fire...that sucks."
Trevor nodded, and pulled out another cigarette.
"What good is a fireball if you don't have anything to throw it at," said Jenson.
Trevor shrugged.
"No monsters to slay...no haunted mansions to burn to the ground...this is a fucked up world we live in, man."
Trevor nodded, slowly. He leaned forward and lit his cigarette from the ball of fire.
"You up for tacos?" he asked.
Jenson let out a deep sigh.
"Yeah, sure," he said. He let the fingers of his left hand go limp, and the ball of fire disappeared. Then he unlocked the wheels of his chair and spun back around the way they had come.
The two men and the wheelchair left the roof of the parking garage to the cool air and yellow light as they made their way to the eternal comfort of late night tacos.

posted by D @ 10:54 PM |

Saturday, March 12, 2005

:::Oracle Bones:::

When the call came, it woke Eric from a dream about monsters. His bad dreams were always about monsters. This time they had been pale, growling things that tore at his arms and legs. He sat up and wiped the sweat from his forehead. The electric blue numerals of his alarm clock read 2:00am. He was burning up. The sheets were soaked. He picked his glasses up off the bedside table and shoved them on, then turned to stare at the phone. It was still ringing. Frowning, he picked it up.

"Hello."
"Eric, it's Jordan." He nearly dropped the phone, his already warm face reddening.
"Uh...hi..." he finally said.
"Eric, wake up."
"I'm awake. What's going on?"
"We need you to come to the subway station on South Kramer Street."
"Huh?"
"South Kramer Street, but you'll have to take a cab. It's shut down."
"The subway is shut down?"
"Yes."
"How?"
"You'll have to come see for yourself."
"But why do you want me there?"
"There's something carved into the walls. It's some kind of old writing. We want you to take a look at."
"What kind of old writing?"
"Eric, if we knew that, why the hell would I be calling you?"
"Oh, uh yeah...Right...I'll be there in half an hour."

The surface streets were dark and quiet on the cab ride over. The air was heavy with mist that was almost a drizzle, and the lights at the intersections became fuzzy blurs of red, green, and yellow. The entrance to the subway looked deserted, and Eric spent half a minute trying to decide if he should just call the cab back and go home, but he stuffed his hands in his pockets, hunched his shoulders, and hurried forward.

It was darker in the tunnels than it should have been - some of the lights had gone out. He didn't see the man laying on the steps until he was almost stepping on him.

"Say man, do you have some change? I haven't eaten in two days - I'm just trying to get some food, you know?"
Eric knew he didn't have any change, but he checked his pockets anyway.
"I'm sorry man. I - I don't have any."
"I just want something to eat, man." He sat up, shifting closer to Eric, his face still too shadowed to see clearly. Eric resisted the urge to step back, telling himself to relax.
"It's been pretty wet lately, huh?" he said. The man didn't respond. He just stared at Eric, the sounds of his breathing like a raspy heartbeat in the stairway tunnel.
"Crazy weather!" Eric said with a feigned chuckle. His forehead was sweating. Just be calm, he told himself. This is just a guy who's down on his luck. Don't act scared.
The man leaned forward, slowly. His eyes were two dim points of green glow. Reflected light, Eric thought. It's not creepy. It's just reflected light.

"Hey Eric!" Jordan was waving to him from the bottom of the steps. "Hurry up. You're late!"
"I'm coming," he said, turning away from the man with relief and hurrying down the steps. The light was brighter at the bottom, and when he stepped into it he shivered as if he were shaking something off.

"This way," said Jordan, the police ID around her neck flashing in the light as she turned. She led the way past another officer and toward the subway platform. Eric snuck guilty glances at her ass as she walked, then attempted to distract himself by going over the stuff in his bag. It was mostly books that he had checked out from the university library for working on his thesis along with a magnifying glass, a little brush, and a penlight.

The subway platform was a mass of crime scene technicians. Jordan stopped just out of view of the rails and turned to him.
"I need to warn you about the crime scene. Have you eaten?"
"Uh, no. Not for about nine hours."
"Good. Things are pretty...disturbing...down on the rails. If you think you're going to throw up, use one of these." She handed him an orange plastic bag with "BIO WASTE" written in black on the side. Then she turned and stepped determinately forward. Eric stared down at the bag in his hand for a second, took a deep breath, and followed her.

The rails were partially submerged - only the tops were visible. There must have been water there already, Eric thought. There was water there already, and some blood got into the water and made it all look red. That can't all be blood, can it?
He took another step forward. There was a crunching sound. He checked the bottom of his shoe. There was something small and white stuck between the treads. He leaned down, balancing on one leg and trying to get a better look.
It was a tooth.

"Jordan. Jordan!" He felt dizzy. There was bile in the back of his throat. Jordan grabbed him before he lost his balance, steadying him with a strong hand on his shoulder. She leaned down and looked at his shoe.

"Hey, Raul," she yelled at one of the technicians. A tall man with hair gelled into an artistic interpretation of messy came over, gave Eric a pissed-off look, and started working. A short time later Jordan was guiding Eric further down the platform.

The wall on their left was done in white tiles interspersed with aquamarine. At the far end, someone had removed a whole section of the tiles exposing an area of cement about four feet in diameter, covered in hieroglyphics.

"Wow," said Eric. He leaned close enough to put his face a few inches from the wall. "These are Chinese."
"They don't look it," said Jordan, sounding annoyed. "I thought maybe they were Egyptian."
"It's an older form of Chinese. This is what they were writing on oracle bones back around 1350 B.C."
"What does it say?"
Eric studied them, scratching the back of his neck absently.
"Hey," she said.
"Uh, give me a minute."
"We don't have a minute! What does it say?" She grabbed a handful of his shirt at the shoulder and jerked him around to face her. He stared at her in surprise, his mouth dropping open. A green glow was reflecting off of her eyes from somewhere.
"I'm sorry, Jordan. I'm just a graduate student. I'll get the translation for you, but it will take me a couple of minutes."

She deflated, releasing his shirt, and looking away for a second.
"I feel weird - like I've got a hangover but my head doesn't hurt. Sorry, Eric." She met his eyes. The green was gone, leaving a hazel color that Eric kind of liked.
"Don't worry about it," he said. He realized that a couple of the crime scene technicians were watching them and felt his face heating up, so he turned back to examine the wall.
"You said they used to write like this on bone?" Jordan asked.
"Yeah," he said without turning around. "They would write a question on the bone and heat it until it cracked. Then they would read the cracks to tell the future."
"This wall isn't all of it," she said. "We also found some bones with the same writing scratched on them."

Before Eric could respond, the lights overhead went out.
"Shit," said Jordan. "A power failure - just what we need." A couple of flashlights switched on around the platform.
"Let me see that light," said a voice.
"Get your own."
"It's bad enough they cut our pay, but then they can't even keep the fucking lights on," said someone else.
"Ow! Watch it!"
"I can't because you're hogging the flashlight!"
"Don't step there!" said someone else. "You're gonna contaminate it!"
"What the hell's going on with you people?" shouted Jordan.
"You want the flashlight? Here!" There was a cracking sound and a thump. Green pinpoints of light winked in the darkness.
"I mean, how do they expect crime to go down if they cut our fucking funding?"
"Don't shove me!"
"It would serve them right if we went on a fucking rampage. Then they'd wish that they'd paid us more!"
"Have some more flashlight!"
"I said, don't step there!"

Sounds of scuffling broke out in the dark. Eric didn't move. All around the platform he could see the glow of twin green points of light. His palms were sweating. He felt someone grab his shoulder and he jumped.
"What's happening?" said Jordan, her face near his ear.
"I don't know."
"Everyone's going nuts in here. It's that hangover feeling - it's getting worse. Even I feel like I want to hit someone."
Eric peered in her direction, but there was no green glow.
"Ahh!" There was a scream and then a raspy sort of growl.
"Jordan, I - I think maybe we should get out of here."
"Oh, did you hear that?" said a masculine voice nearby. "The little genius boy is scared. He wants to go home."
"Get back, Raul," said Jordan.
"Cause you got a thing for him, right? We all know it's true. You think he's better than me, huh? Because he's getting his fucking PhD?"
"I'm not gonna warn you again! Back off!"
Two green eyes appeared in front of them. There was a snarl, and Eric was shoved back hard against the wall. He heard a smacking sound, then again and again, and then a thump.

"You okay?" said Jordan.
"Yeah." He felt her hand under his arm, pulling him to his feet. Around them the sounds had changed from shouts to grunts and screams. They walked quickly in the direction that Eric had come in from, giving a wide berth to the sounds coming out of the darkness. When they reached the stairs they broke into a run.
"Hey!" someone shouted after them, their voice sounding deep and gravelly.

They burst onto the street, panting and looking around.
"This way!" Jordan shouted, pulling him toward a parked car. "Get in! No - wait!" She looked back at the entrance to the subway. "Stay here!"
"What? Where are you going?"
She didn't say anything. She just leaped into the driver's seat, and slammed the door shut. The engine of the car roared to life. There was a responding roar from the entrance of the subway. Eric turned and saw several pairs of green eyes glowing from the stairs. He looked back at the car and could see Jordan strapping on her seatbelt. The car leapt forward, peeling away from the curb and lining up with the subway entrance. The headlights cut on, blasting white light into the top of the stairway.
"Sh-shit!" said Eric. Snarling in the glare of the headlights were four of the crime scene technicians. There was blood on their faces around their mouths, and they held long bones like clubs. A fifth figure stepped out in front of the rest. He stood up straighter than the others, and his eyes glowed brighter than theirs, the green glow visible even in the beam of the headlights. It was the homeless man Eric had passed on the stairs before.

The car jumped the curb and flew down the stairway, bowling over the creatures in its path and
disappearing from Eric's view. The sounds of crunching metal and breaking glass exploded back up to the street. Eric ran to the stairs.
"Jordan!" he called.
The car had flipped about half way down and was wedged across the stairway, blocking it off. He ran down to it, struggling to see in the dim light. The passenger's side was wedged into the ceiling, and the roof of the car was facing him. The windshield had burst, and there was glass everywhere. He could see Jordan, still strapped in place by the seatbelt and unmoving.
"Jordan?"
He reached in and unlocked the seatbelt, amazed that it hadn't jammed. She fell forward. He grabbed her then struggled to pull her out. A broken piece of glass caught on her leg and she cried out, opening her eyes.
"Jordan?"
"Eric." She gripped his arms and crawled forward, pulling herself up once her legs had cleared the windshield. They climbed back up the stairs, leaning together for support. When they reached the top they turned and looked back at the wrecked car blocking the subway.
"They'll move through the tunnels," said Jordan.
"We have to warn people," said Eric.
"Come on," she said.
The two of them turned and walked away down the misty street.

posted by D @ 1:11 PM |

Sunday, March 06, 2005

:::[A Cool Website]:::

I discovered a cool blog today called The Synchronicity of Indeterminacy. The creator of this site pulls a random picture off the web and writes a one minute story about it. On the weekends he invites readers to submit their own story about the random picture for that day. I submitted one I'm calling "The Zebra" in the comments of the March 5th post.

posted by D @ 8:57 PM |

Thursday, March 03, 2005

:::Sighs from the Underground:::

In the not too distant future...

A video shot opens on a dark alley with a pool of yellow light in the foreground. A lone figure walks slowly toward the camera from the dark part of the alley and stops at the edge of the yellow light. A dim silhouette more concealed than revealed, reaches out a hand and beckons to the camera. A smooth male voice that sounds like it should be introducing performers in a smoky jazz club speaks.

"The world of the light is blinding. All day you run from place to place buying and selling and seeing nothing. Come with me into the cool shadow of the city after dark. Everyday you march in step for the rule makers. I say, step off of the stage. Your life is not a show. Follow me and leave the harsh spotlight behind. No one will find you here with me, backstage in the real city..."
The figure turns and walks away into the darkness of the alley, and the camera follows him. At the mouth of the alley, he stops, and turns back toward the camera. He holds out his hand. The camera continues to come forward until it sits in his palm. The image goes dark for a second as he turns it around to face ahead of him. It comes back up with a moving visual of the street ahead.

"I am Adrian, and this is 'Sighs from the Underground' - your source for free and independent entertainment. That's right. I said the 'F' word: free. Brace yourselves, take a deep breath, and come to terms with this: there is no transaction taking place here tonight. We are out of bounds, off the edge of the map, and in clear violation of the federal Private Enterprise Protection Act. Even as I walk and talk this video is being randomly dumped in discrete packets of data onto the web where it will be reassembled and made available for free. There's no turning back now."

The camera pans around to show tall buildings along a street that runs sharply uphill. A taxi cab crests the hill, driving toward the camera at a quick, downhill speed. Adrian and his camera pause until the cab passes then jog across the street and cut into another alley.

"I have something really fantastic lined up for everyone tonight. A few friends of mine are putting together a little shindig for us."

He exits the alley and turns right onto another uphill street.

"The Roman philosopher, Boethius, said, 'Music is a part of us, and either ennobles or degrades our behavior.' I'm hoping that tonight we'll get a little of both of those possibilities."

He turns down another alley, and the camera shows a lowered fire escape. Adrian begins to climb, keeping the camera in front of him. As he nears the top of the four story building, the sound of guitars tuning up can just be made out. When he reaches the top of the building, he eases the camera up over the lip of the roof, slowly revealing a group of musicians - three men and one woman, each with a black bandana covering the bottom half of his or her face. The woman is setting up a trap set, and the guys are tuning up an acoustic guitar, a string base, and a muted trumpet.

Adrian swings himself over onto the rooftop. The musicians freeze for a second, then wave as they recognize him. Adrian walks over and takes a seat on an overturned plastic trash can that looks like it was left out for that purpose.

"What we are about to witness here was once considered the ultimate prize of discovery amongst the hipsters of the previous era - a free concert. Prior to the enacting of the PEPA, news of a free concert used to spread by word of mouth and by phone, and people would drop whatever they were doing and head for the locale.

"But nowadays, if you offer something for free, you have endangered the livelihood of everyone who sells what you are giving away. You have violated their chief right - the right to make money - an offense punishable by up to fifty years in prison. That reminds me, a new report from the census bureau says that prisoners are now the fastest growing segment of the population in the country, and spending on incarceration is expected to set an all time record this year despite continued cuts in prisoner medical care and work training programs.

"But enough about that, it looks like the band is finally ready to begin."

The drummer kicks them off with a fast symbol beat. She's joined first by the base player with a walking base line, and then by the trumpet player. Finally, the lead guitar comes in picking a fast melody with a classical guitar influence. They play a full verse of just instrumental before the guitarist starts to sing. His voice is rough, not the polished pop singer style that's pushed by the big media corps. He closes his eyes while he sings, a masked bandido telling a story about the pain of lost innocence. He sings three verses, and then they each take an instrumental solo before finishing it out with a reprise of the chorus.

They are just starting the opening bars of the second song, when a spotlight floods the rooftop with harsh, white light. A voice comes out of the darkness over some kind of amplified loudspeaker.

"This is the police. You are under arrest for violating the federal Private Enterprise Protection Act. Get down on your knees and put your hands behind your head."

The camera spins to the left to show a dozen men in swat uniforms climbing over the edge of the building on the side with the fire escape. The band members are frozen in place, still holding their instruments. Adrian turns and rushes to the opposite side of the building. He leans over, but there is no fire escape on this side. The drop is four stories straight down. He turns back. The swat team is pushing the band members face down onto the roof top. Three of them are approaching him, machine guns pointed at his chest.

"Citizen known as Adrian, you are under arrest for illegally distributing goods without seeking proper restitution. Put the camera down, and put your hands behind your head, now!"

Adrian looks down at the ground then back at the policemen.

"This is your last warning!"

He turns the camera around in his palm, until he can see his face reflected in the lens. The camera shows a young man in his late twenties with a shaved head that is covered in dark stubble, a dark goatee, green eyes, and a gold earring in each ear. When he speaks his voice is quiet, but steady.

"Never stop questioning. Never stop seeking the truth."

He looks longingly into the camera, and then leaps off the edge of the building. He is still holding the camera as he falls.

"This is 'Sighs from the Underground' signing off."

posted by D @ 11:14 PM |

Tuesday, March 01, 2005

:::Canyon Blues:::

They rode down into the gulley in a thundering cloud of dust, the sound of their horses rumbling like an earthquake. The sun was low on the horizon behind them and in the eyes of their quarry, just as they had planned. A lone figure in a long blue dress and bonnet leapt up, but it was too late to run.
All in all they thought the ambush went well...

At the opposite end of the canyon, hidden behind a weathered spire of red rock, Henrick Bjornson was not at all happy. Here he was, hoping to catch a few winks in what was supposed to be pristine, uninhabited desert so that he would be ready to fly the Devil's Pass tomorrow, and now he had to put up with loud bandits and a lady in need of rescuing. He peered at them, trying to make out details, but it was hard with the sun in his eyes. Oh well, there couldn't be more than five or six of them, could there? Their weapons were probably little more than salvaged relics from the last war. They probably got by more on intimidation than any real skill.

In fact, there were fifteen of them, highly trained and well armed. They surrounded their quarry, pistols drawn, faces ranging from cold to sneering. Their leader, a short but well muscled man with at least a decade on everybody else there, nudged his horse a few steps forward and pointed at a small bundle nestled atop a backpack on the ground.
Give us the pup," he said.
Henrick couldn't see what was in the bundle from his new, closer hiding place on the eastern lip of the gulley (he assumed it was the woman's baby), but he did see the blue-clad arm that silently hoisted a one-finger gesture into the air. Good for her, he thought.
The gang leader raised his gun, pointed at the woman's head, and cocked back the hammer. Time's up, thought Henrick, and he leapt into the gulley, sliding feet first down the sandy wall and fanning the hammer on his revolver. Six shots that boomed like cannon fire, echoed in the canyon, and four men fell from their saddles. The woman in the blue dress dropped to the ground and came up with a short-barrel shot gun, and then all hell broke loose...

When it was over, Henrick first checked his body for any suspicious wet spots, then headed over to help the attractive and very grateful woman in the blue dress to stand up. At least that was the plan. What he actually did, was help the wrinkled, bald, and very grateful old man in the blue dress to stand up. The man bowed deeply to Henrick, then rushed to check the bundle, from which a loud snoring noise was now emanating. He pushed back the cloth to reveal a black and white puppy with a snub nose and large, bat-like ears. It raised its head and blinked at the light.
"Safe!" said the old man.
"A dog?" Henrick asked. "We almost got killed for a dog?"
"Not just any dog!" said the old man.
"Let me guess," said Henrick. "This dog is special. It's the key to an ancient prophesy or something, right?"
"Prophecy? I hope not," said the old man, shuddering slightly and wrinkling his already wrinkled nose.
"Come on, we just killed fifteen people who wanted to kill you for this puppy. What's going on?"
"I'm afraid I'm not at liberty to explain," said the old man. "State secrets..."
The old man rubbed the puppy's head gently, then folded the cloth back over it. After a moment the snoring began again.
"Oh come on! I just saved your life. I'd say a few state secrets are a reasonable trade."
"You did save my life." The old man frowned and fingered the ties of his bonnet. "Oh alright, it's not as if anyone would believe you anyway." He paused for effect. "He's an experimental weapon."
"What?"
"An experimental weapon."
"The dog?"
"Yes."
"You mean it's a fake dog?"
"Oh no, he's real."
"But he's an experimental weapon?"
"That's right."
"What does he do? Eat people?"
"He releases an airborne sleep-inducing chemical - but only after he eats the trigger biscuit."
Henrick stared in disbelief.
"You mean you feed the dog a treat, and its gas knocks people unconscious?"
"Exactly!"
Henrick looked at the bundled puppy, then at the old man, then at the fifteen bodies lying nearby, then back at the old man.
"Well...um...good luck with that...I guess."
Then he turned and began walking back the way he had come.
"There's a billion noble causes out there," he said to himself as he trudged uphill, "but I get to be the hero that saves a cross-dressing old nut with a dog that farts. Great, just great."

posted by D @ 12:30 AM |

Sunday, February 27, 2005

:::[About A Narrow Escape]:::

I wrote "A Narrow Escape" while sitting on the second floor of the huge three story Barnes and Noble at the Farmer's Market in LA. I was listening to Thievery Corporation's "Warning Shots" at a table right beside a row of comfy, occupied chairs next to the windows (and the power outlets). The chorus was repeating: "One, and in comes the Two to the Three, and One, and in comes the Two to the Three..." when a couple of blond joggers bustled into the lobby below me.

My intention is for this blog to be a place where you can stop by regularly to get a small cup of fiction. It won't usually be a whole story - just a little something poured from my imagination and mixed with a dash of my surroundings at the time. Think of them as espresso shots of other worlds.

posted by D @ 2:54 PM |

Saturday, February 26, 2005

:::A Narrow Escape:::

Everything happens in beats.
One: two girls in black jogging outfits step onto the escalator that runs up through the open center of the building. Two: a woman sitting facing the window on the third floor stiffens and raises her head without turning to look at the escalator behind her. Three: the two joggers make small adjustments to the music players strapped to their arms. They turn in place as the escalator rises, searching.
One: the woman at the window hunches over the computer in her lap, tapping furiously. Two: the escalator reaches the third floor. The two joggers separate, taking opposite paths around the ring towards the woman. Three: the woman hits enter one last time, then rises gingerly, closing the laptop.
One: the two joggers close the distance in powerful, athletic strides, stopping ten feet from either side of her. Two: the woman turns and walks slowly to the railing of the balcony. She stops, leaning against it. Three: the joggers reach up and press a button on their music players. In the space between them, a thrumming sound like a base guitar string can just be heard.
One: the woman goes limp, falling forward almost gracefully over the railing. Two: the joggers rush forward. Someone at a table says, "Oh my God!" Three: the woman drops fast. A dozen feet away from the hard tile of the ground floor, she begins to slow until she is floating down the last yard.
One: the joggers frown then turn, running back around the ring of the second floor for the down escalator. Two: the woman picks herself up off the floor and pushes through the doors. Three: the doors close behind her, with a clap, cutting off the view of the gawking crowd.

posted by D @ 8:10 PM |

I love stories - especially speculative fiction, and I named this blog Brief Glimpses of Somewhere Else because I think of each story as a window into another world.

If this is your first time here, I recommend "Legacies" and "The Great Puzzle", both of which were nominated for a 2006 Parsec Award. You can also find "Timmy, Jimmy, and the Beast of Tagmart" as well as "Late Shift at the Souleater" in the podcast anthology Voices: New Media Fiction available at podiobooks.com.

Recent News Legacies New Opening Scene
A Step
Shifters
My Girl Friend's Dead - A One Act Comedy
Legacies Part III
Legacies Part II
Legacies Part I
[About The Spirit's Dream (Version 2)]
The Spirit's Dream (Version 2)
Timmy, Jimmy, and the Beast of Tagmart

Archives

  • February 2005
  • March 2005
  • April 2005
  • May 2005
  • June 2005
  • July 2005
  • August 2005
  • September 2005
  • October 2005
  • December 2005
  • February 2006
  • March 2007
  • November 2007
  • December 2008
  • Links